summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/21888.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '21888.txt')
-rw-r--r--21888.txt8347
1 files changed, 8347 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/21888.txt b/21888.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b1ef98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21888.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8347 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Canoe Boys and Campfires, by William Murray Graydon
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Canoe Boys and Campfires
+ Adventures on Winding Waters
+
+Author: William Murray Graydon
+
+Release Date: June 21, 2007 [EBook #21888]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CANOE BOYS AND CAMPFIRES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: THE JOLLY ROVERS WERE OFF AT LAST _Canoe Boys and Camp
+Fires_]
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+[Illustration: THE FIVE MILE WALK WAS A TRIFLE TO THE BOYS--Page 110]
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+CANOE BOYS AND CAMPFIRES
+
+Or,
+Adventures on Winding Waters
+
+BY
+WILLIAM MURRAY GRAYDON
+
+Author of "From Lake to Wilderness," "With Puritan and Pequod,"
+"The Camp in the Snow," etc.
+
+ILLUSTRATED
+
+THE WORLD SYNDICATE PUBLISHING CO.
+CLEVELAND--NEW YORK
+
+Made in U. S. A.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright, 1907, by
+Chatterton-Peck Company
+
+PRESS OF
+THE COMMERCIAL BOOKBINDING CO.
+CLEVELAND
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+CONTENTS
+
+CHAPTER PAGE
+
+ I. INTRODUCING THE BOYS 9
+
+ II. PLANNING THE TRIP 17
+
+ III. THE CRUISE BEGINS 23
+
+ IV. ADRIFT IN THE DARKNESS 32
+
+ V. DISAPPEARANCE OF NUGGET 40
+
+ VI. THE LOST FOUND 48
+
+ VII. BATTERS AND JOE 57
+
+ VIII. HOW THE DAY DAWNED 74
+
+ IX. A SAFE SHELTER 82
+
+ X. A TRAMP ACROSS COUNTRY 90
+
+ XI. SEARCHING FOR THE CAMP 99
+
+ XII. OVER THE CLIFF 107
+
+ XIII. WHAT CLAY SHOT 116
+
+ XIV. CAUGHT IN THE WHIRLPOOL 125
+
+ XV. RANDY'S PROPOSITION 133
+
+ XVI. A SHATTERED DELUSION 142
+
+ XVII. THE STORM BREAKS 149
+
+ XVIII. AT THE MERCY OF THE TEMPEST 156
+
+ XIX. ADRIFT ON A LOG 163
+
+ XX. MR. DUDE MOXLEY 170
+
+ XXI. A MYSTERIOUS WARNING 178
+
+ XXII. AN INSOLENT DEMAND 185
+
+ XXIII. A DARING ATTEMPT 192
+
+ XXIV. AN UNEXPECTED ENCOUNTER 200
+
+ XXV. THE SIEGE BEGINS 207
+
+ XXVI. BUG'S PROPOSITION 215
+
+ XXVII. THE BURNING OF THE MILL 222
+
+ XXVIII. A GOOD DEED 229
+
+ XXIX. RANDY GOES SAILING 236
+
+ XXX. A NIGHT ALARM 243
+
+ XXXI. STORMY WEATHER 250
+
+ XXXII. THE BROKEN DAM 257
+
+ XXXIII. AN UNDERGROUND CRUISE 264
+
+ XXXIV. DESPAIR 270
+
+ XXXV. NUGGET DISCOVERS A LIGHT 275
+
+ XXXVI. HOME AGAIN 280
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+
+
+CANOE BOYS AND CAMPFIRES
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+INTRODUCING THE BOYS
+
+
+"I say, Ned, this is beginning to grow wearisome," drawled Randy Moore
+as he tipped his chair against the wall, and crossed his feet on the low
+railing in front of him. "Clay promised to be here half an hour ago," he
+went on in an injured tone, "and if he doesn't come in a few minutes I'm
+going to have a spin on the river. It's aggravating to sit here and do
+nothing. I can count a dozen boats between the railroad bridge and Bushy
+Island."
+
+"I wouldn't mind being out myself," said Ned Chapman, "but we have
+important business to transact to-night, Randy, and I think it would be
+wiser to let boating go for once. I have everything planned out in ship
+shape fashion, and it only wants the seal of approval from you and
+Clayton."
+
+"Oh! you have, have you?" exclaimed Randy with a sudden show of
+interest. "That's good news, Ned. If Clay knew the momentous question
+was to be settled at last, he would stir himself to get here, wherever
+he is. I'll give him ten minutes' grace."
+
+"You'll give him as many minutes as he needs," rejoined Ned. "There must
+be some reason for his delay. It's new for him to be late. He's always
+the first to keep an engagement."
+
+"We'll know when he comes," said Randy wisely. "Stop talking now. I want
+to count the boats. I never saw so many on the river before."
+
+The two boys were sitting on a narrow balcony that projected from the
+second floor of a neat but unpretentious boathouse. The rear end of the
+edifice was built against the sloping base of the river bank.
+
+From the park above a flight of steps, with a single hand rail, led down
+to the main entrance, which was on the second floor. The other end of
+the apartment opened on the balcony and faced the Susquehanna river.
+
+From the lower floor, which held a number of boats and canoes, a plank
+walk sloped to the water's edge, ten or fifteen yards away.
+
+Randy Moore was the fortunate owner of this snug little piece of
+property. The Harrisburg boys envied him his gun, his dog and his pony,
+but they would have fairly bowed down before him if by so doing they
+could have been put on the list of those favored ones who made free and
+daily use of the boathouse.
+
+A "luck fellow" was the general verdict concerning Randy, and it was a
+true one. His father was wealthy and never refused to gratify any
+reasonable desire of his only son. In consequence Randy was somewhat
+spoiled and self willed, but in other ways he was really a sensible lad.
+
+The fact of his own superior position in life never occurred to him in
+relation to his companions. He gave himself no airs, and expected no
+homage or adulation.
+
+His chief fault was a strong and uncurbed will, and he unfortunately had
+a quick temper. He was just sixteen years old, and was strong and hardy.
+He had dark eyes and hair, and a pleasing, attractive face.
+
+Randy's most intimate friend, Ned Chapman, differed from him in every
+respect, and made an admirable foil for the other's impetuous
+temperament. Ned's father was a merchant in moderate circumstances, and
+he had just reason to be proud of his son's bringing up.
+
+Ned was a steady, sensible lad, with very rigid ideas of right and
+wrong. Not that there was anything "priggish" about him. On the
+contrary, he was always the foremost in any undertaking that provided a
+little sport.
+
+He was intensely fond of outdoor life, and was an acknowledged authority
+on everything relating to fishing, hunting, canoeing, and boating. But
+he did not allow recreation to interfere with his studies.
+
+He and Randy were pupils at the academy, and both stood high in their
+classes.
+
+Ned was a year older than Randy and half a head taller. He had brown
+hair, grayish brown eyes, and a deeply bronzed complexion, the result of
+living much in the open air and under the burning glow of the summer
+sun.
+
+His face wore an expression of habitual good humor, and he had a rare
+command of his temper.
+
+His grave displeasure was more dreaded than a passionate outburst would
+have been.
+
+And now that two of the characters have been introduced to the reader,
+we must resume the thread of the story.
+
+Randy's stipulated ten minutes had gone by, and five additional ones,
+when a shrill whistle was heard in the rear of the boathouse.
+
+Both doors were open, and when the boys turned in their chairs and
+looked through they saw their tardy companion descending the steps that
+led from the top of the bank.
+
+"It's Clay at last," exclaimed Randy.
+
+"And some one with him," added Ned, as a second figure came into view.
+
+At that instant the lad in the rear slipped, plunged head foremost down
+the remaining half dozen steps, knocking Clay to one side, and sprawled
+out in the doorway like a flattened frog.
+
+Ned and Randy sprang up and hurried through the room.
+
+"Why, it's Nugget," they exclaimed in great surprise. "Where did you
+come from, old fellow? We're awfully glad to see you."
+
+Nugget, otherwise known as Nugent Blundell, rose painfully to his feet
+and glared at the boys.
+
+"Why don't you ask me if I'm hurt?" he demanded wrathfully. "I believe
+you fellows greased those steps on purpose."
+
+"See here, Nugget, you don't believe anything of the sort," said Ned.
+"I'm sorry you fell, and I'm glad you're not hurt. Come, old fellow,
+shake hands."
+
+Nugget's face assumed a mollified expression, and he accepted a hearty
+handclasp from Ned and Randy. Then he began to brush the dust from his
+neat gray suit and patent leather shoes.
+
+Meanwhile Clayton Halsey had been fairly choking with stifled mirth in a
+dark corner of the room. He now came forward, trying hard to assume an
+expression of gravity.
+
+He was a short, thickset lad, with a beaming countenance, red cheeks,
+blue eyes, and light curly hair. He was in the same class at the academy
+with Ned and Randy, and their constant companion on all occasions. His
+father was a prominent lawyer.
+
+"What kept you so long?" asked Randy in a slightly aggrieved tone.
+
+"That," replied Clay, pointing at Nugget. "He arrived in town this
+afternoon, and came to the house after supper. I knew you fellows would
+be glad to see him, so I brought him along. But what do you think?"
+added Clay, winking slyly at Ned and Randy, "Nugget says he's going
+canoeing with us."
+
+This piece of information produced a startling effect. Ned puckered his
+lips and gave a low whistle. Randy stared at Clay for an instant and
+then burst into a laugh.
+
+Why this avowal on Nugget's part was received in such a peculiar way
+will be more clearly understood if a few words be said about that young
+gentleman himself.
+
+Nugget was a New York boy, greatly addicted to cream colored clothes,
+white vests, patent leather shoes, high collars, gorgeous neckties, kid
+gloves, and canes.
+
+He was about seventeen years old, and was tall and slender.
+
+He had gray eyes, a sandy complexion and straight flaxen hair, which he
+wore banged over his forehead. A vacuous stare usually rested on his
+face, and he spoke in a slow, aggravating drawl.
+
+Nugget had made the acquaintance cf the boys during the previous summer,
+which he spent with his uncle in Harrisburg. He was a good enough fellow
+in some ways, but the several occasions on which he had been induced to
+go on fishing and boating excursions, had resulted in disaster and
+ridicule at poor Nugget's expense.
+
+"What Nugget doesn't know about swell parties, and dancing, and operas
+isn't worth knowing," Clay Halsey had said at that time; "but when it
+comes to matters of sport he doesn't know any more than a two days' old
+kitten."
+
+The truth of this terse remark was readily appreciated by Clay's
+companions, and their present amazement and consternation on learning
+that Nugget wanted to go canoeing with them, can be easily conceived.
+
+"Are you in dead earnest, Nugget?" asked Randy after a pause.
+
+"Of course I am," was the aggressive reply. "I don't see anything funny
+about it though. I haven't been very well lately, and father let me stop
+school a month ahead of time, and come over here. I know he'll let me go
+canoeing if I write and ask him."
+
+"But canoeing is vastly different from the kind of trips you made with
+us last summer," said Ned. "There is a good deal of hardship about it.
+You remember what a fuss you used to make over the merest trifles."
+
+"You'll have to wear rough flannels and old clothes," added Randy. "You
+can't take kid gloves and patent leathers with you."
+
+"And you'll have to sleep on the ground," put in Clay, "and eat coarse
+food. No chocolate cake and ice cream about canoeing."
+
+"Oh, stop your chaffing," drawled Nugget sullenly. "I understand all
+that. I'm not as green as you think. If you fellows can stand it I can.
+Besides I've been practicing on the Harlem River this spring. I paddled
+a canoe from the Malta boathouse clear to High Bridge and back. And I
+didn't raise a single blister."
+
+"I'll bet you wore gloves," said Clay mockingly.
+
+Nugget flushed with anger and confusion, but said nothing.
+
+"It's time to stop that now, Clay," said Ned authoratively. "If Nugget
+wants to go along I don't see any serious objections. No doubt the trip
+will do him lots of good. But that question can be settled later. Give
+us some light, Randy, and I'll show you what I've got here."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+PLANNING THE TRIP
+
+
+It was not yet dark outside but Randy lit the handsome brass lamp that
+stood on the square oaken table, and the yellow glow shone into every
+corner of the room.
+
+The apartment was furnished in the manner most dear to the hearts of
+boys. The polished floor was strewn with soft rugs, and the walls were
+hung with pictures and amateur photographs. In the corners and over the
+mantels were fencing foils and masks, fishing rods, baseball bats,
+creels, and several pairs of crossed canoe paddles which showed traces
+of hard usage.
+
+When the boys had dragged chairs to the table and seated themselves, Ned
+drew a little bunch of papers from his pocket, and opened them with a
+flourish.
+
+"When the question of a canoe trip came up a month ago," he began, "I
+told you it would be better fun to cruise on some small stream than on
+the Susquehanna. I knew what I was talking about, because I paddled the
+whole distance last year, from Lake Otsego to the bay.
+
+"I suggested the Conodoguinet Creek as the best cruising ground we
+could find around here, and promised to get all the information about it
+I could. I have kept my promise.
+
+"Here is a map of the Cumberland Valley on a large scale, showing the
+entire course of the creek, and all its windings. You can examine that
+at your leisure. First I want to tell you what I have learned.
+
+"Of course you knew that the Conodoguinet was about the most crooked
+stream in existence. We have evidence enough of that near home. You
+remember the big bend above Oyster's Dam--three miles around, and one
+field's length across. Well, there are bigger bends than that further up
+the valley.
+
+"From the mouth of the creek to Carlile is just eighteen miles in a
+straight line. By the windings of the creek it is ninety miles. The
+distance was accurately measured and surveyed a number of years ago.
+
+"Oakville is twenty miles beyond Carlile, and from there I propose that
+we should start. The upper part of the creek is not quite so crooked,
+but we are sure of a cruise of not less than one hundred and fifty
+miles. The creek is navigable all the way from Oakville, and there are
+not more than twelve or fifteen dams in the whole distance.
+
+"The water is deep, and the current is swift in some places, sluggish in
+others. The channel winds through heavy timber lands and between high,
+rocky cliffs. The mountains are not far away. The fishing is splendid,
+and woodcock and snipe are plentiful."
+
+Here Ned laid down the bundle of notes from which he had been reading.
+
+"It will be a delightful trip," he added eagerly. "The Susquehanna can't
+compare with it. Instead of having to paddle our twenty or thirty miles
+a day in the broiling sun, and camp on gravel bars or grass flats, we
+can drift leisurely in the cool shade of the overhanging trees, stop
+when we please and as long as we please, and take our pick of a hundred
+beautiful camping places. In fact it will be a camping trip and canoe
+trip combined.
+
+"And what's more we will be the first to navigate the creek. No canoe,
+or boat either, has ever made the winding journey from the head waters
+to the mouth. It is unexplored territory, except to the farmers and a
+few stray fishermen. You can take your choice now. Which is it to be?
+The Susquehanna or the Conodoguinet?"
+
+Ned put the papers in his pocket and sat down.
+
+"I say the creek, by all means, boys," exclaimed Randy.
+
+"Same here!" echoed Clay.
+
+"Aw, yes! that must be a beautiful stream, don't you know," drawled
+Nugget, in such a serio-comic tone that his companions burst out
+laughing.
+
+When quiet was restored the map became the center of attraction, and Ned
+gladly pointed out places of interest and volunteered all sorts of
+information. As the hours went by the boys waxed enthusiastic over the
+proposed cruise. The details were mostly planned out, and then a long
+discussion ensued over the choice of a name for the club.
+
+Many titles were suggested and rejected, but finally Ned struck a happy
+combination, and the organization was unanimously christened the "Jolly
+Rovers."
+
+At ten o'clock the boat house was locked up, and the boys climbed the
+bank, and went down through the city to their respective homes.
+
+Now that the cruise was a settled fact the Jolly Rovers threw all their
+energies into needed preparations. In the evening, and between school
+hours they were always to be found at Randy's boat house.
+
+Ned looked forward to the trip with the keen delight of one who had
+already tasted the joys of canoeing. Clay and Randy--who had not been
+permitted to accompany Ned down the Susquehanna the previous summer--had
+bright anticipations to be realized, while Nugget was just as eager as
+his companions. It had required much persuasion and many promises on
+Nugget's part to win the desired permission, and when the question was
+finally decided the new member of the Jolly Rovers was put on a severe
+course of training.
+
+This embraced rowing, paddling a canoe, and swimming, and before the
+month of June was over Nugget was fairly proficient in all three. He
+purchased a second hand canoe which Ned picked out for him, and without
+the knowledge of his companions he wrote to his father in New York for a
+canoeing outfit.
+
+The box duly arrived and was opened one evening in the boathouse. The
+boys feasted their eyes on the array of treasures--fishing rods of
+spliced bamboo, a portable set of camp dishes that fitted into each
+other, a pair of brass lanterns, rubber blankets, and several other
+articles that were of no practical use on a canoe trip.
+
+In the bottom of the box were four shirts of the softest flannel, two
+pairs of long black woolen stockings, and a canoeing suit of stout brown
+cloth--knickerbockers, blouse, and a yachting cap.
+
+It was a fine outfit, and the boys good naturedly envied Nugget his
+luck.
+
+The date of departure was fixed for the first week in July. When the
+academy closed on the 25th of June little or nothing remained to be done
+in the way of preparation--thanks to Ned's good generalship.
+
+The four canoes lay in the lower section of the boathouse, radiant in
+new coats of paint. In the big closet on the upper floor were packed the
+varied assortment of dishware, lanterns, axes, bottles of oil, cement,
+cans of white lead, strips of oiled canvas, rolls of blankets, a new A
+tent, jointed poles for the same, and a bundle of iron stakes.
+
+Such provision as could be taken along--oatmeal, rice, sugar, coffee and
+flour--had been ordered from a grocer, to be packed in waterproof jars.
+
+Ned Chapman had been very properly chosen commodore of the club, and a
+couple of days before the start Randy's sister Mary presented the Jolly
+Rovers with a pennant of crimson and gold satin. The proper place for
+it was at the bow of the commodore's canoe, so it was yielded to Ned.
+
+With the exception of Randy's single barreled shotgun, no firearms were
+to be taken along. The boys demurred to this at first, but were finally
+won over by Ned's sensible arguments. Canoeists cruising through a
+peaceful country seldom need weapons of defense.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE CRUISE BEGINS
+
+
+The first day of July fell on Thursday, and that afternoon the boxes
+containing the dishes, provisions and other traps, and the four canoes
+carefully wrapped in coffee sacking, were shipped to Oakville by
+freight.
+
+On the following morning the Jolly Rovers departed by the seven o'clock
+train, and a ride of an hour and a half through the beautiful Cumberland
+Valley brought them to their destination. The canoes were found to be in
+good condition, and after a brief delay the services of a farmer and his
+team were engaged.
+
+The inhabitants of the little village gazed with wonder and curiosity on
+the strange procession as it passed along the straggling street. The
+boxes and the gayly painted canoes completely filled the bed of the
+wagon. Nugget was perched on the seat beside the farmer, resplendent in
+his brown uniform. He held the pennant in his right hand, and waved it
+in the breeze from time to time.
+
+The others marched with military precision behind the wagon. Randy bore
+his gun on his shoulder, and Ned and Clay carried paddles. All three
+wore knickerbockers and Norfolk jackets, and their faces were protected
+from the sun by canvas helmets with large visors.
+
+For two miles and a half the road wound through a hilly, open country.
+Then it dipped into a wooded ravine, turned aside to follow a barely
+perceptible path through a heavy forest, and finally ended at a fording
+on the edge of the Conodoguinet.
+
+"Here you are, boys," cried the farmer, as he pulled up his horses
+within a few feet of the water. "I reckon you couldn't have a better day
+for your start. The creek's in prime condition, too."
+
+Nugget leaped down from the wagon and joined his companions. For a
+moment or two the boys quite forgot the work that had to be done.
+
+With exclamations of delight they gazed on the narrow blue channel as it
+poured swiftly around a bend in the woods above and vanished from sight
+beneath the crooked arches of a mossy stone bridge a quarter of a mile
+below. The opposite shore was rocky and lined with pine trees, and over
+their tops could be seen against the horizon the jagged crest line of
+the Kittatinny Mountains.
+
+"Come on now and get to work," said Ned finally. "My arms are itching to
+take hold of a paddle."
+
+"So are mine," exclaimed Randy. "Let's be off as soon as possible."
+
+With the farmer's aid the canoes were speedily taken from the wagon and
+placed on the grass close to the water's edge. They were built on
+somewhat different lines, but all were serviceable and well adapted for
+speed. The framework and the canvas were both light, and the average
+weight was about eighty pounds, unloaded. The canoes were aptly named.
+The Water Sprite belonged to Randy. It was light and graceful, and owing
+to its flat bottom drew very little water.
+
+Clay owned the Neptune, a broad decked craft, built somewhat on the
+order of the primitive Rob Roy. The Imp was narrow and rakish, with a
+low cockpit and a high bow and stern. Nugget regarded it with the
+affection that one feels for a favorite dog.
+
+The Pioneer, in which Ned had cruised down the Susquehanna, was a heavy
+but neatly proportioned craft, and showed traces of wear and tear. They
+all contained spacious hatches fore and aft.
+
+The boxes were unpacked, and under Ned's supervision the contents were
+judiciously distributed and stowed away in the different canoes. Then
+the seats and back rests were arranged in the cockpits, and the canoes
+were gently shoved into the water.
+
+"Do you fellows expect to reach the river in them flimsy things?"
+exclaimed the farmer when he saw the four canoes swinging lightly with
+the current. "I reckon you'll repent it afore you get many miles from
+here."
+
+"Not much danger," replied Ned laughingly. "A good canvas canoe will
+stand as much as a rowboat any time. There are no obstructions in the
+way, are there?"
+
+"I dunno," replied the farmer. "It's a wild and lonesome bit of country
+that this creek runs through, and I've heard tell of bad water an'
+whirlpools. The channel winds worse than any serpent. Why, it must be
+all of two hundred miles to the Big River."
+
+"I hope you are right there," said Ned heartily, as he climbed out on
+his canoe and fixed the pennant securely on the bow. "Take your seats
+now," he added to the boys. "Everything's ready for the start."
+
+They obeyed with a rush and a scramble, and Nugget very nearly got a
+ducking at the outset by thoughtlessly trying to stand up in the
+cockpit.
+
+Good wishes and farewells were exchanged with the friendly farmer. Then
+four double paddles dipped the water and rose flashing with silvery
+drops, four canoes skimmed gracefully out on the swift blue surface of
+the creek. The Jolly Rovers were off at last.
+
+When they were twenty or thirty yards down stream they turned and waved
+their paddles to the farmer, who was still standing in open-mouthed
+wonder beside the empty packing cases. Then a cross current, setting
+toward the right shore, whisked them out of sight of the spot.
+
+Randy struck up the chorus of a popular boating song, and the others
+joined in with eager voices. Their jubilant spirits had to find a vent
+somewhere.
+
+What a glorious thing it was to be drifting haphazard with the rippling
+current, free as the very air, and the birds that were singing sweetly
+in the bushes! The narrow vista of the creek brought vividly to mind
+the pleasures that lay in wait along the twisted miles of its
+channel--the gamy bass lurking in the deep, shady holes, the snipe and
+woodcock feeding among the reeds, the tent and campfire with the savory
+odor of coffee and crisp bacon.
+
+That less pleasant things than these were destined to fall to the lot of
+the Jolly Rovers ere they should paddle from the mouth of the creek into
+the broad Susquehanna, occurred to none, else a shadow had marred their
+bright anticipations at the start.
+
+Side by side the four canoes darted under the middle arch of the old
+stone bridge, and then Ned took the lead, for it was not seemly that the
+pennant should be anywhere but in front while the club was on a cruise.
+
+The current soon became sluggish, and the channel wound between thick
+woods, where the trees almost met overhead. The boys drifted along
+leisurely, stopping now and then to explore some tempting nook.
+
+At one place, where the water was deep and a great rock jutted from the
+shore, they put their fishing rods together, and procured worms by
+pulling up great clods of grass. In half an hour they caught a beautiful
+string of sunfish and chubs.
+
+About the middle of the afternoon Ned went up to a farmhouse that was
+visible among the hills and came back with a pail of butter, a loaf of
+bread and two apple pies. The boys had already lunched on crackers. So
+they concluded to keep these supplies for supper.
+
+They paddled slowly on, crossing from shore to shore as something new
+took their attention. A sudden shadow, caused by the sun dipping beneath
+the hill top, reminded them that evening was at hand. The banks were
+closely scanned for a camping place, and an admirable one was soon
+found--a grove of big trees, through which filtered a tiny stream.
+
+The boys landed and dragged the canoes partly out on the grassy slope.
+
+"The tent is the first thing," said Ned, as he lifted the big roll of
+canvas from the cockpit of the Pioneer, where it had served as an
+admirable seat.
+
+Randy unlashed the poles from the fore deck of his canoe, and joined
+them together.
+
+This was a clever invention of Ned's. Each pole was in two parts, and
+could be put together like the joints of a fishing rod. The ferrule of
+the ridge pole, which had to endure the most pressure, was longer and
+stouter than the others. The poles were very light but strong, and the
+entire six pieces made no perceptible burden when lashed on a canoe.
+
+Five minutes sufficed to raise the tent, and drive the iron stakes at
+the four corners. Then what articles would likely be needed were taken
+from the canoes and carried inside.
+
+Ned hunted up two large stones, and placed them a foot apart. He laid
+four iron rods across them, and proceeded to build a fire underneath.
+
+"That's the best cooking arrangement ever invented," he said. "We used
+it altogether on the Susquehanna last summer. If I prepare the supper
+you fellows must do the rest. Clay, you clean those fish. Bring me the
+salt, pepper and lard, Randy, and then peel some potatoes."
+
+"Can I assist in any way?" drawled Nugget, as he emerged from behind the
+tent, where he had been slyly brushing off his clothes and shoes.
+
+"Why, certainly," replied Clay. "Clean these fish for me, that's a good
+fellow."
+
+Nugget rapidly opened and closed his mouth two or three times.
+"I--I--really--I'm afraid--" he stammered.
+
+"Let him alone, Clay," cried Ned sharply. "Clean the fish yourself.
+Suppose you set the table, Nugget," he added kindly. "Arrange the plates
+and knives and forks on some grassy level place, I mean."
+
+While his companions were performing the duties assigned to them, Ned
+went down to the stream and filled the coffee pot.
+
+"This is spring water, as cold as ice," he exclaimed in surprise. "The
+source can't be far away."
+
+The sun was now out of sight, and it grew darker and darker as the
+preparations for supper went on. Randy finished his own work, and helped
+Nugget arrange the dishes on an outspread square strip of canvas. He lit
+one of the lanterns and placed it in the center, and a few moments later
+Ned made the welcome announcement that supper was ready.
+
+The coffee pot and the pans of fried fish and potatoes were gingerly
+carried over, and then the boys seated themselves at the four corners,
+crossing their legs under them, tailor fashion.
+
+The ruddy flames mangled with the yellow glow of the lantern, dancing on
+the bright tinware, and casting the shadow of the tent far into the
+forest. The brook rippled softly through the ravine, and away up the
+creek the melancholy cry of a whippoorwill was heard.
+
+"This is what I call glorious," said Ned, as he opened a can of
+condensed milk and passed it around. "Nothing equals a life in the open
+air, and no other sport has the same fascination."
+
+"You're right there," stuttered Randy, with his mouth full, "I'd like to
+live this way half the year round."
+
+"It beats New York," said Nugget decidedly, as he raised a pint cup of
+coffee to his lips. The next instant he uttered a howl of anguish, and
+made a frantic grab at the pail of cold water.
+
+"Was it hot?" asked Clay.
+
+"Try it and see," retorted Nugget indignantly as he buried his nose in
+the pail.
+
+For a little while the silence was broken only by the clatter of knives
+and forks. Then Ned said slowly, "It does a fellow lots of good to get
+away from the rush and noise of town life. We are safer here to-night
+than we would be at home. No peril can come near us. Our only neighbors
+are the simple, kind hearted farmers--" he paused abruptly, and turned
+his head to one side.
+
+A strange rustling noise was heard back in the forest It grew more
+distinct with every second, and the boys looked at each other with fear
+and wonder. Then a gruff angry bark rang out on the night air, and the
+elder bushes across the glade swayed violently.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+ADRIFT IN THE DARKNESS
+
+
+Before the frightened boys could realize what was coming, a big yellow
+dog shot into view and rushed at them with a ferocious snarl. Under
+other circumstances the Jolly Rovers would have courageously faced the
+foe, but the attack was so sudden as to preclude the possibility of
+defense.
+
+The supper party broke up in ignominious confusion. Ned bolted for the
+nearest tree and went up the trunk like a cat. Randy fled down the slope
+to the creek, and Clay sought shelter in the bushes on the far side of
+the rivulet. Nugget stared hopelessly about for an instant, and then,
+with a shrill cry of fear, he dived through the flaps of the tent.
+
+The dog rushed across the table, tramping the dishes, and unfortunately
+upsetting the coffee pot. The hot liquid scalded the brute's paws, and
+snarling with rage and pain, he bolted into the tent after Nugget.
+
+For a second or two there was a terrible outcry. Nugget's appeals for
+help mingled with the dog's angry barking. Then the tent shook violently
+and toppled to the ground.
+
+At this interesting juncture the owner of the dog emerged from the
+bushes--a burly farmer with a very stern cast of features. He carried a
+lantern in one hand, and a short, thick club in the other.
+
+The fallen tent first attracted his attention. It was wriggling about as
+though endowed with life, and from underneath came strange, muffled
+sounds.
+
+The farmer lifted one end of the canvas, and gave it a vigorous jerk,
+thus liberating the dog, who began to prance about his master. A second
+pull revealed Nugget's legs thrashing wildly about on the grass. The dog
+immediately made a dart at them, but the farmer caught him by the scruff
+of the neck and dragged him back.
+
+The boys had witnessed the whole affair from their hiding places, and
+now they dropped from the tree, and came timidly forward. At the same
+moment Randy crept out of the shadows and joined them.
+
+The farmer caught sight of the boys and took a step toward them, still
+keeping a tight hold on his dog. "What do you mean by trespassin' here,
+you impudent young rascals?" he demanded savagely. "Get out of this as
+quick as you can, or I'll give you a taste of this."
+
+He shook his club menacingly.
+
+"I'm very sorry if we have offended you," said Ned quietly. "We did not
+suppose there would be any objection to our camping here. I don't think
+we have done any damage."
+
+"Damage!" growled the farmer. "No, I reckon not. You hain't had time
+for that yet. It was only last night I run two thieving rascals off my
+land. They hed a camp a little ways down the creek, an' fur two whole
+days they were livin' at my expense, stealing applies, an' eggs, an'
+chickens, an' whatever else they could lay their hands on. You people
+are all alike. You don't have no regards fur a farmer's rights."
+
+"I'm very sorry you have such a bad opinion of us," said Ned. "I assure
+you we don't deserve it. If you will let us stay here to-night we will
+go quietly away in the morning."
+
+"No," snarled the farmer. "You can't stay. I won't have it. Pack up at
+once and git out. And mind you don't stop anywhere within half a mile. I
+own the land that fur on both sides of the creek."
+
+Just then a diversion was created by the dog. He tore loose from his
+master and rushed at Nugget, who had meanwhile crawled out from the
+fallen canvas, and was standing with open mouth and eyes, listening
+eagerly to the conversation.
+
+"Here, Bowser," shouted the farmer sternly. "Come here, I say."
+
+The brute reluctantly obeyed, while Nugget sought shelter in a young
+tree.
+
+The angry man turned to the three boys--for Clay had by this time joined
+the others.
+
+"Get out as quick as you can," he resumed. "I can't stand here all
+night."
+
+For an instant no one replied. Ned was bent on making another appeal,
+and was thinking how he could best word it. The chances were that a
+little persuasion would have induced the farmer to relent, and permit
+the boys to remain where they were until morning.
+
+But Randy's unfortunate temper blazed up just then, and made a breach
+that was too wide to be healed.
+
+"It's a confounded shame to turn us off at this time of night," he
+muttered angrily. "I wouldn't treat a dog that way. If this is a sample
+of country breeding I'm glad I don't--"
+
+"Keep quiet, Randy," whispered Ned; "you're only making things worse."
+
+The warning came too late.
+
+"You audacious sauce box," cried the farmer. "I'll learn you manners.
+Take that--and that."
+
+He seized Randy by the collar, and cuffed him soundly on the ears three
+or four times. Then he dropped him and turned to the others. "Now git
+out o' here, or I'll treat you-uns the same way," he snarled.
+
+Randy was boiling with rage, but he dared not open his mouth again. Ned
+and Clay realized that further entreaty was now useless. Without a word
+they began to pack up, and were finally assisted by Randy and Nugget.
+
+The farmer stood at one side, watching the operation keenly. In a brief
+space of time the tent and the unwashed dishes were tumbled into the
+hatches. Then the boys pushed the canoes into the water, and took their
+seats.
+
+The farmer came down to the shore to see them off.
+
+"Mind what I told you," he said; "no stoppin' within a good half mile."
+
+"Don't say a word," whispered Ned.
+
+His companions wisely obeyed, and in utter silence they paddled out from
+the shore and headed down stream. Soon a curve in the channel hid from
+view the dying embers of the campfire and the twinkle of the farmer's
+lantern.
+
+"Wouldn't I like to get square with that old curmudgeon!" exclaimed
+Randy; "my ears sting yet. For half a cent I'd go back and trample down
+his grain or break his fences."
+
+"I wish you'd poison the dog," drawled Nugget. "The brute gave me a
+horrid fright. The falling of the tent was all that saved me from being
+chewed up."
+
+"See here, Randy," said Ned in a grave tone. "If you had kept your
+temper down and your mouth shut, things would have turned out all right.
+A little reasoning would have pacified that farmer. I thought you had
+more sense. You heard what the man said, didn't you?
+
+"Two men--tramps or fishermen, probably--had been camping on his land,
+and doing all the damage they could, and naturally enough he was
+inclined to take out his spite on us. I don't blame him much. Such a
+thing would rile any farmer. Most people have an idea that when they get
+in the country they can do as they please, and for what these ignorant
+fools do the innocent ones have to suffer. We are finding that out
+ourselves just now."
+
+"But the old brute might have seen that we didn't belong to that class
+of people," growled Randy, "and besides he didn't pay any attention to
+what you said."
+
+"I had no chance to explain who we were," replied Ned. "You spoiled that
+for me by your impudence. I have no doubt the man was fair enough at
+heart. If we get in any more scrapes of that kind you must keep your
+temper down. I'm speaking for your own good, Randy. This isn't the first
+time your tongue has got you into trouble."
+
+"It would be a good idea to keep his mouth tied shut except at meal
+times," suggested Clay laughingly.
+
+"If you say that again I'll hit you with my paddle," threatened Randy.
+"I won't stand any nonsense from _you_, Clay Halsey."
+
+"No quarreling, boys," said Ned. "That's enough now. We'll let the
+matter drop."
+
+Clay subsided, and so did Randy. The latter stood a little in awe of
+Ned's rebukes, and whether he felt the justice of this one or not, he
+wisely made no more allusions to the farmer.
+
+Indeed there were other things to think about now. The night was dark
+and gloomy, and it was difficult to perceive the outlines of the shores.
+The boys were tired and sleepy, but they feared to stop and hunt up a
+camping ground, lest the farmer should come down and rout them out
+again. A light would betray them, but without it they could do nothing.
+
+There seemed to be no current at all, and in the dead sluggish water
+half a mile meant a wearisome paddle.
+
+"I'm awfully hungry," said Nugget in a plaintive tone. "I didn't have
+ten bites of supper."
+
+"We're all hungry, for that matter," returned Ned, "and sleepy as well.
+We must find a camping place."
+
+"You had better hurry then," observed Clay. "I believe it's going to
+rain. The air feels sultry, and there isn't a star in sight."
+
+Almost as he spoke a sullen peal of thunder echoed among the hills, and
+an instant later a jagged flash of lightning blazed on the surface of
+the creek.
+
+The boys huddled a little closer together and nervously discussed the
+situation. A storm was bad enough when they had a snug tent to shelter
+them, but in their present plight, adrift on the water in pitch
+darkness, there was no telling what disaster might happen.
+
+"I wish I was home," said Nugget. "I'm awfully afraid of thunder and
+lightning."
+
+No one laughed at this candid confession. The occasion was too serious
+for mirth.
+
+"I hardly know what would be best to do," began Ned. "If there is going
+to be much lightning we will be safer on the water than among the trees
+on shore. But here comes a gale, if I'm not mistaken. That will make
+things lively for us."
+
+Ned's prediction was correct. The trees on shore suddenly began to
+rustle and creak. The water was lashed into short, choppy waves, which
+turned to white capped billows as the wind waxed stronger. It was
+evident that this part of the creek occupied an exposed position.
+
+"Keep your canoes trim," shouted Ned. "The wind will drop as soon as the
+rain comes."
+
+It is doubtful if his companions heard the warning. The force of the
+tempest had already driven the canoes apart.
+
+For two or three minutes Ned was tossed about at will, momentarily
+expecting his frail craft to upset. He could see no trace of his
+companions in the darkness, and when he shouted the roar of the gale
+almost drowned his voice.
+
+Suddenly he felt a severe shock, and then the canoe stood still. As he
+partially rose, and peered to right and left, a dim object glided
+swiftly by him. A second later it disappeared with startling abruptness,
+and a frantic cry for help rang out hoarsely above the fury of the
+storm.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+DISAPPEARANCE OF NUGGET
+
+
+Ned knew that the dim object must have been a canoe, but its sudden
+effacement, and the loud cry for help, were mysteries too deep for
+immediate comprehension. He shouted with all the power of his voice full
+half a dozen times, but no answer came back.
+
+Then a happy thought flashed into his mind. When he had satisfied
+himself by shaking it violently that the canoe was firmly lodged on some
+object--probably a rock--he leaned forward and took his lantern from the
+hatch. By holding it low in the cockpit he had no difficulty in lighting
+the wick.
+
+The lantern was a bullseye, and as soon as Ned turned the flashing glare
+on the surrounding darkness the mystery was solved. The Pioneer was
+lodged in mid channel on a timber dam. The bow projected a foot or two
+over the edge, but could go no further owing to lack of water. None was
+running over at all at this point, and the slimy timbers protruded six
+or eight inches above the level of the creek.
+
+While Ned was making these investigations the wind ceased, and he heard
+close at hand a steady roaring noise, like the furious patter of rain on
+a tin roof. But it was not rain that produced the noise, though big
+drops were even then beginning to fall.
+
+A twist of the lantern to the left sent a luminous bar of light along
+the breast of the darn, and revealed a jagged break, fully six feet
+wide, through which the freed water poured with the speed of a millrace.
+The chasm was barely a dozen feet from where the Pioneer had lodged, and
+Ned's first thought was one of gratitude for his own escape. Then he
+remembered with a thrill of horror what had happened a moment or two
+before. Which of his companions had been carried through the break, and
+where was the unfortunate lad now?
+
+As Ned stood with the lantern turned on the fatal spot, a shout rang out
+behind him, and the next instant the Water Sprite grounded on the edge
+of the dam beside the Pioneer.
+
+"I'm glad you lit that lantern, Ned," exclaimed Randy breathlessly. "I
+came pretty near paddling back up the creek. But where are the other
+fellows?"
+
+Ned pointed to the broken dam and huskily related what had occurred.
+
+Randy was horror stricken.
+
+"I heard that cry for help, too," he said, "but I had no idea what it
+meant. Are you sure one of the boys went through?"
+
+"I saw the canoe plainly," replied Ned. "There was just one cry for
+help, and after that I could get no answer when I shouted."
+
+"We'll hope for the best," said Randy stoutly. "Perhaps he made the
+plunge all right, and is half a mile down the creek by this time. Great
+Caesar! I hope both the boys didn't go through. No, there's a light now
+on the left shore. It's either Nugget or Clay with a lantern."
+
+"Paddle over and bring him back with you," directed Ned. "If he tries to
+come himself he'll go through the break. Be sure to keep away above the
+dam though, and when you return don't let my lantern mislead you,
+because I intend to wade along the breastwork and have a look at that
+hole. If you head for a dozen feet this side of the light you'll likely
+land where you are now."
+
+Randy promised obedience, and departed in haste. Ned watched him
+anxiously until he was out of sight. Then he sounded the water with his
+paddle, and finding it quite shallow he climbed carefully out of the
+canoe.
+
+Holding the lantern in one hand, and clutching the projecting edge of
+the dam with the other, he moved along foot by foot, submerged to his
+waist. It was well that he had this support, for his feet were on the
+sloping, mud incrusted planks.
+
+When the broken place was three or four feet away the water began to
+deepen. Ned stopped and flashed the light on the lower side of the dam.
+He saw little there to comfort him.
+
+The fall was about six feet, and at the bottom of the long, glassy sheet
+of water which plunged through the break at a frightful speed, great
+foam crested waves began, and rolled and tumbled in awful confusion as
+far as the gleam of the bullseye could reach. That a canoe could go
+through such a place without capsizing seemed an utter impossibility.
+
+There was no sign of one, however, in the quiet eddies on either side of
+the raging channel, and with this dismal scrap of comfort Ned retraced
+his perilous journey to the canoe. He had hardly gained it, and climbed
+in, when Randy and his companion paddled their craft alongside. That
+companion was Clay. Nugget, then, was the missing Jolly Rover.
+
+"Discover anything?" demanded Randy.
+
+"No. It looks bad for poor Nugget, boys. If the canoe had gone through
+all right he would have paddled to shore, and been making a big outcry
+by this time."
+
+"He can't be drowned. I won't believe it," cried Randy. "See here, Ned,
+isn't it likely that Nugget caught hold of the canoe when it upset, and
+clung to it? The roar of the water would account for your not hearing
+his cries."
+
+"It may be," said Ned reflectively, as he dashed a tear from his eye.
+"If that's the case we will soon overtake him--provided he doesn't let
+go his hold. Let's have a look at the right hand corner of the dam."
+
+"Yes, that will be the most likely place," added Clay. "The race is on
+the other side. I nearly blundered into it."
+
+The boys paddled to shore, following the line of the dam, and a brief
+search with the lantern revealed an easy path by which the canoes could
+be carried around.
+
+There was no sign of a house, and Clay reported none on the opposite
+side, so the mill was probably some distance below.
+
+Under the excitement of the moment the boys scarcely felt the weight of
+the heavily laden canoes. They carried them, one at a time, up a sloping
+bank, and then down through the bushes to the water.
+
+When they embarked, and paddled out through the quiet shallows to the
+swift channel in midstream, the wind had nearly subsided and the rain
+was falling in a desultory fashion which promised only a brief
+continuance. In fact stars were visible here and there through rifts in
+the black clouds. The storm seemed to have gone off in another
+direction.
+
+A short distance below the dam the water became very sluggish, and the
+boys knew that if Nugget was ahead of them they must speedily overtake
+him. So they paddled hard, forgetful of weariness and hunger, and at
+frequent intervals shouted loudly and called their companion by name.
+
+The lanterns were exposed to view so that Nugget could not fail to see
+the light if he was anywhere near.
+
+For half an hour the three heartsick lads paddled on steadily, and in
+that time hardly a word was exchanged. They were in no mood for
+conversation.
+
+Finally the track of yellow light which shone ahead from Ned's bullseye
+revealed a bit of an island in mid-channel--a strip of gravel and reeds,
+with a few stunted bushes growing in the center.
+
+Ned drove the Pioneer on the upper point and stepped out. His companions
+did the same, and Randy asked wearily: "What are you going to do here?"
+
+"Wait for daylight," said Ned. "It's the only thing we _can_ do. We are
+a good mile and a half below the dam, and if the canoe was drifting in
+that sluggish water, we passed it long ago. It has probably lodged on
+some bar, or along the shore, and will be found in the morning."
+
+"Then you think that Nugget is--is drowned?" asked Clay huskily.
+
+Ned stooped and pulled the canoe up on the bar.
+
+"I don't know," he said in a broken voice. "If Nugget was alive he would
+surely have heard our shouts or seen the lights. We won't know anything
+positively until morning. It could do no good to paddle up the creek
+again in the darkness, so we had better wait here as patiently as we
+can."
+
+No objection was made to this plan, and the boys crawled in among the
+bushes and sat down with Clay's lantern between them. The passing storm
+had not cooled the sultry atmosphere, and no fire or blankets were
+needed.
+
+All seemed stupefied by the terrible misfortune that had happened,
+though as yet they hardly realized its full significance. They purposely
+refrained from talking about it, though each knew in his own heart how
+wildly improbable was the hope that Nugget was still alive.
+
+The hours of that dark, dismal night wore slowly on. There was plenty to
+eat in the canoes, but no one was hungry now. A lantern was kept burning
+at the upper point of the island, and from time to time one of the boys
+went down to the shore and shouted till the echo rang far among the
+hills. They must have known that it was but a hollow mockery, and yet
+there was a scrap of consolation even in pretending that hope was not
+entirely gone.
+
+Ned insisted that his companions should lie down and sleep. This seemed
+impossible at first, but after a while drowsiness and fatigue asserted
+their sway. Randy went down to the canoes and returned with three
+blankets. He and Clay wrapped themselves up, and chose a soft spot among
+the bushes. In five minutes they were sleeping soundly.
+
+Ned remained where he was for a long while, keeping solitary vigil over
+his companions. Then he began to pace up and down the island, and
+finally he pulled the blanket about his shoulders and sat down on the
+upper end of the bar with his back against the side of the canoe.
+
+It was his intention to remain awake, but unconsciously his eyelids
+drooped, and after a feeble struggle or two he sank into a deep slumber.
+
+He knew nothing more until he woke in the gray dawn of the morning. For
+a few seconds his surroundings seemed familiar. Then the bitter truth
+flashed into his mind, and he rose with an aching heart. He was stiff
+and shivering, and the cool breeze that blew down the creek, scattering
+the light, vapory mists over the surface of the water, made him keenly
+conscious of the pangs of hunger.
+
+He went up in the bushes and wakened Clay and Randy. They followed him
+stiffly down to the shore, and after dipping their feet in the cool,
+rippling water, all sat down on the grass and ate a few crackers. Ned
+offered to build a fire and make some hot coffee, but the others
+protested that they did not care for it.
+
+The sun was just peeping above the horizon when the boys pushed their
+canoes into the water and embarked on the dreaded journey up the creek.
+Both shores were thickly timbered, and to make the search more thorough
+Ned kept close to the right bank, while Clay and Randy followed the
+left.
+
+They paddled with leisurely strokes, maintaining a sharp watch on every
+patch of reeds and every little inlet. In the first mile there was
+nothing to reward the searchers--not the slightest trace of the missing
+canoe or its occupant.
+
+Then the channel made a sharp curve, and when they paddled around it
+they saw, nearly half a mile above, a gray, weather worn mill, standing
+in a grove of willows on the right hand shore. The dam was visible a
+hundred yards or so beyond, and the sunlight was dancing on the foaming
+torrent that poured through the break.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THE LOST FOUND
+
+
+Without lessening their vigilance the boys paddled on against the
+increasing current. When the mill was very near Ned signaled the others
+to join him.
+
+They quickly crossed to the right shore, and the three canoes were run
+into a quiet little nook close to the swirling mouth of the race. The
+mill was twenty yards above, and a little to the right of it a cozy
+frame house, overgrown with trailing vines, peeped above the willow
+trees.
+
+"I thought we had better stop here on account of the swift water," said
+Ned. "We will go up to the dam on foot, and take a look at the deep
+holes under the breastwork."
+
+Before Clay or Randy could reply a man came briskly through the
+trees--the miller beyond a doubt, for his clothes and hat were white
+with flour. He greeted the boys with a smile and a cherry nod.
+
+"I guess you're the chaps I was just starting out to find," he said.
+"T'other young chap was getting anxious about you, and not much wonder.
+He feared you were all drowned, and I guess you thought the same about
+him. It was lucky I run across him this morning. You see I went down to
+the creek at daybreak to look for a stray cow, and when--"
+
+"Did you find a boy called Nugget?" interrupted Ned in great excitement.
+
+"And a green and white canoe called the Imp?" shouted Randy, as he
+tossed his cap into the air.
+
+"That's about the way of it," responded the miller. "But come up to the
+house and see for yourselves. You look as if you were nearly starved."
+
+The boys needed no second invitation. With eager steps and light hearts
+they followed their guide through the trees, and across the little
+garden to the rear of the house.
+
+The miller threw open the door, and they rushed in with cries of
+delight. There sat Nugget at the kitchen table, making a fierce
+onslaught on ham and fried potatoes. He was rigged out in a suit of
+clothes three times too big for him, and his brown uniform was drying
+before the fire.
+
+The boys were so glad to see him that they first laughed and then cried
+almost, while the miller and his wife looked on in wonder.
+
+Nugget took things very coolly.
+
+"Where did you fellows spend the night?" he asked, after the first
+greetings were over.
+
+"Where did _you_ spend it?" exclaimed Ned. "You gave us a pretty scare,
+Nugget. We never expected to see you again."
+
+"Let him spin his yarn while you're eating breakfast," interrupted the
+miller. "Lizzie, set three more plates out."
+
+A moment later the boys were attacking the food with keen appetites, and
+as Nugget was now through, he proceeded to relate his adventures.
+
+"When the wind came up and separated us," he began, "I got pretty badly
+scared. I was afraid it would rain hard, so I took out my canvass apron
+and buttoned it over the cockpit, close up to my waist."
+
+"Good for you!" said Ned. "If I'm not mistaken that was what saved you."
+
+"Perhaps it was," resumed Nugget. "I paddled on for a little while,
+trying to find you fellows. All at once I heard an awful roar, and the
+canoe made a jump as though it was going to stand on end. I gave one
+yell, and the next thing I knew big waves were jumping all around me."
+
+He paused to shiver at the recollection.
+
+"And what then?" asked Randy breathlessly.
+
+"Then I was more scared than ever," continued Nugget in a reluctant
+voice. "So I crawled under the apron and snuggled up in the cockpit.
+There was plenty of room, and the cushion made a nice soft pillow,
+and--and--I fell asleep."
+
+"Fell asleep!" ejaculated Ned in amazement. "You don't mean it?"
+
+"Why, yes," said Nugget. "I was awfully tired, you know, and I couldn't
+keep my eyes open. The next thing I remember is that man there helping
+me out. It was daylight, and the canoe was in a little channel with
+thick bushes all around."
+
+The boys were not slow to appreciate the ludicrous side of Nugget's
+adventure, and they laughed long and heartily.
+
+Then the miller told how he found the canoe in a stretch of back water
+that ran a few yards in from the creek, and how surprised he was when he
+pulled the apron off the cockpit and saw Nugget fast asleep.
+
+"I noticed that inlet," said Ned, "but I didn't see anything of the
+canoe."
+
+"Because I pulled it out in the bushes," replied the miller. "The
+current has a natural drift toward the place, and clogs it up with
+rubbish sometimes. The lad had a narrow squeeze of it when he went
+through that hole in the dam. I intend to fix it as soon as the water
+goes down a little."
+
+"I don't want to go through any more such places," said Nugget. "I
+suppose that apron was what kept the water out. I shipped a little bit,
+though I didn't know it until this morning, when I found my clothes all
+wet. My extra suit is in your canoe, Randy. I had dry shirts, though.
+Say, wouldn't I look nice marching down Fifth Avenue in this rig?"
+
+The boys laughed at the idea, and then drew their chairs away from the
+table, and chatted for half an hour with the miller, relating all that
+had happened on the previous night, and telling him of their proposed
+trip to the Susquehanna. He, in turn, gave them much interesting
+information about the creek, where to camp and where to fish.
+
+Ten o'clock came before any one realized it, and the boys prepared to
+depart, in spite of their host's earnest invitation to stay for a day or
+two. Nugget changed his clothes, and started for the inlet with the
+miller, while the others embarked in their canoes, after thanking the
+miller's wife for her hospitality.
+
+The inlet was half a mile down the creek. The boys reached there first,
+and were joined by the others two or three minutes later.
+
+Fortunately Nugget's paddle was not lost. He had found it stranded along
+the shore while on his way to the mill that morning.
+
+The boys lingered a moment to shake hands with their kind hearted
+friend, and thank him for his services.
+
+"That's all right," said the miller, "only too glad to oblige you. Be
+sure and stop when you pass here again. My name is John Kling."
+
+"We'll spend a week with you next time," returned Ned, as he grasped his
+paddle.
+
+"Please have the dam mended before then," drawled Nugget.
+
+The miller laughed and waved his hand, and amid a chorus of "good-byes"
+the Jolly Rovers paddled away from shore. The shadow of misfortune was
+forgotten, and the future was full of bright anticipations, as before.
+
+The birds sang among the leaves, the fish leaped in the ripples, and
+the sunlight danced on the blue water.
+
+The little island, where the boys had spent such a wretched night, was
+soon far behind, and they entered upon a more beautiful stretch of
+country than they had yet seen. The water was very sluggish, and on each
+side were great hills densely covered with pine and spruce trees.
+
+The temptations to stop were so frequent that by mid-afternoon the boys
+were scarcely five miles from the mill--that is to say by water. It was
+probably less than half that distance in a straight line.
+
+"I'm really hungry again in spite of that big breakfast," said Clay.
+"Can't we stop and have lunch?"
+
+"I second that," cried Randy.
+
+The others were of the same mind, and as a very pretty spot happened to
+come within view about that time, they paddled across to it and landed.
+
+Closer inspection only added to the charms of the place.
+
+It lay on the right shore, at the mouth of a deep, dark ravine. A beach
+of smooth pebbles sloped back to a grassy bank three or four feet high,
+and on the plateau above were a dozen or more massive girthed pine
+trees, whose fragrant needles carpeted the ground. A fair sized brook
+gurgled through the center over a bed of mossy stones, and emptied into
+the creek.
+
+"We might travel a good many miles and not find such a place as this,"
+said Ned. "Suppose we stay here for a day or two. Tomorrow is Sunday
+and we would have to stop then anyhow."
+
+This suggestion was adopted without a dissenting word and the boys
+became enthusiastic over the prospect. Randy wanted to begin fishing at
+once, while Nugget proposed an exploration of the ravine. A few sensible
+words from Ned cooled their ardor, and they started in with a will to
+arrange the camp.
+
+The tent was staked in a carefully selected spot, and then the canoes
+were unloaded and placed on the beach in a row, bottom up, so what
+little water was in them might drain out.
+
+While Nugget and Clay carried the provisions and other articles up to
+the tent, Ned and Randy washed the dirty dishes of the night before.
+Then the blankets were put to air on a stout line stretched between two
+trees, and a great heap of firewood was collected.
+
+"That's all for the present," said Ned, as he finished tying the pennant
+to the front tent pole. "You can do a little fishing now if you want to.
+Don't venture far away from the camp, because I'm going up the ravine to
+look for a farmhouse."
+
+Randy declared that he was tired and would rather stay by the tent, so
+Nugget and Clay prepared their rods and went down the creek a short
+distance to a jutting point of rock. With a diminutive hook they caught
+a couple of minnows, which they used for bait.
+
+For a long time their patience was unrewarded, but finally Nugget had a
+strike, and after a severe struggle he landed a fine bass that could
+not have weighed less than a pound. Clay caught a smaller one, and after
+that the fish stopped biting.
+
+At sundown they put up their rods and went back to camp. Ned had just
+returned, bringing with him a pair of dressed chickens and a pail of
+milk.
+
+"These will make us a good dinner to-morrow," he said. "I had a hard
+time finding the farmhouse. It was more than a mile away, and the path
+led through the woods for nearly the whole distance. I suppose you are
+pretty hungry by this time. If you all pitch in and help we'll soon have
+supper."
+
+In a short time the fire was blazing merrily. Ned was as good as his
+word, and the _menu_ he set before the boys that night was a tempting
+one. It included fried bass, ham and eggs, and baked potatoes, with milk
+and pie for desert.
+
+As the night was warm all indulged in a delicious swim after the supper
+dishes were cleared up. At nine o'clock they turned in and tied the tent
+flaps shut. Even this precaution was felt to be unnecessary, since the
+very loneliness of the place was a protection against harm.
+
+Randy, who occupied the proud position of log keeper to the Jolly
+Rovers, sat up for a while to jot down the events of the cruise in a
+blank book. He finally extinguished the lantern with a sigh of
+satisfaction, and was soon sleeping beside his companions.
+
+Sunday dawned bright and clear, but the boys did not get up until nine
+o'clock. The pine needles made a couch that was hard to leave. The day
+was observed in a spirit of proper regard. Its monotony was somewhat
+alleviated by the dinner of fried chicken, but all were glad when night
+came.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+BATTERS AND JOE
+
+
+Ned was up with the sun on Monday morning. He pulled the tent flaps wide
+open, so that the cool air would stream in and awaken his companions.
+Then he threw a towel over his shoulder and marched down to the mouth of
+the brook to wash his face and hands.
+
+But this laudable purpose was quite driven from his mind by the
+discovery which greeted his eyes when he arrived there. On the spit of
+jutting sand which had formed at the junction of the creek and the brook
+was the deep imprint of a boat's keel, and close by were half a dozen
+large footsteps.
+
+They looked quite fresh, and had evidently been made by two persons.
+Some were long and pointed; others square toed, and shod with nails or
+pegs.
+
+As Ned gazed on these evidences of a nocturnal visit, he felt pretty
+much as did Robinson Crusoe when he discovered the print of naked feet
+on his island.
+
+It was impossible to tell where these strangers had been, since the
+gravel beach and the grassy soil beyond it left no traces.
+
+Ned washed his face and hands and returned to the tent with a troubled
+mind. The boys were awake by this time, and he told them of his
+discovery.
+
+"Hullo! that explains something," exclaimed Clay. "I got awake last
+night, and struck a match to find the pail of water that was standing
+outside the tent. I thought I heard a noise down by the creek, but I was
+too sleepy to bother about it, and went back to bed."
+
+"Then you must have scared these fellows off," said Ned. "That accounts
+for nothing being stolen. Everything of value was in the tent, however,
+and I don't suppose they cared to meddle with the canoes."
+
+"Do you think these are the same men that the farmer chased off his
+land?" asked Randy.
+
+"Very likely," replied Ned. "I'm sorry now that I didn't inquire more
+about them. The best thing we can do is to break camp and put about ten
+miles between us and this place."
+
+"That would be cowardly," exclaimed Randy. "We have no reason to be
+afraid of these fellows. They'll get a warm reception if they meddle
+around camp again. Let's stay here for one day anyhow. We won't find
+many prettier places, and besides, I'm anxious to do some hunting and
+fishing."
+
+Clay seemed disposed to side with Randy, while Nugget favored both sides
+of the question. He wanted to go, and he was just as anxious to catch
+some more bass down at the point of rocks.
+
+Ned hesitated for a moment. He knew that it would be the more prudent
+plan to break camp at once, but the same time he was not inclined to
+insist upon it, and thus incur the ill will of his companions.
+
+"I see that the majority is against me," he said good naturedly. "But if
+we get in any kind of a scrape you fellows will shoulder the blame,
+that's all."
+
+The boys appeared to be satisfied with this arrangement. They trooped
+off to the brook to wash, while Ned turned aside to make the fire.
+
+After breakfast Randy shouldered his gun and started down the creek in
+search of snipe or woodcock. Clay and Nugget caught a pailful of minnows
+and departed for the point of rocks, for this was the time of day when
+the bass would probably bite best.
+
+Ned did not accompany them. He had the true appreciation of outdoor
+life, and was never happier than when doing odd bits of work around the
+camp. He occupied himself in this way for an hour or two--arranging the
+interior of the tent, hanging the blankets out to air, stacking the wood
+neatly by the fireplace, and scrubbing the frying pans and the outside
+of the coffee pot with sand and gravel.
+
+He was scooping out a little fish pond at the mouth of the brook when
+Randy returned.
+
+"What luck?" he asked, looking up from his work.
+
+"Not a thing," answered Randy in a disappointed tone. "The snipe are all
+on the other side of the creek. I'm going after them now in my canoe. I
+tramped along the shore for at least a mile, Ned, and I didn't see a
+trace of anybody, either on this side or on the other. Our midnight
+visitors must have cleared out for good."
+
+"I hope they have," said Ned. "What luck are the boys having?"
+
+"Four bass, and one of them is a big fellow. Help me up with my canoe
+now, will you?"
+
+Ned rendered the desired assistance.
+
+"Don't stay too long," he told Randy.
+
+"I'll be back inside of an hour," was the reply, as the other paddled
+swiftly down the creek.
+
+Ned finished the fish pond to his satisfaction, and feeling a little
+tired, he climbed up the slope and threw himself down in a clump of high
+grass behind the tent. He was gazing dreamily up the creek with his head
+resting on his outstretched arms, when a boat containing two persons
+came suddenly into view around the bend.
+
+Ned crept a little deeper into the grass, where he could see without
+being seen. The boat was now out of sight behind the trees, but when it
+reappeared a moment later, directly opposite the camp, a single glance
+satisfied Ned that it was not the same craft which had landed at the
+mouth of the brook during the previous night.
+
+This was a rude affair known as a "flat." It was long and narrow, with
+square ends and sides, and from its cranky motion evidently had no keel.
+
+The occupants were young fellows of twenty or thereabouts. They were
+roughly dressed, and their general appearance was by no means favorable.
+They stopped paddling in amazement when they caught sight of the camp,
+and after a brief conversation, which Ned did not catch, they ran their
+craft on shore a few yards below the mouth of the brook.
+
+Ned shifted his position, and watched their movements curiously. The
+strangers evidently intended to pitch a camp of their own, for they made
+frequent trips up the slope, carrying blankets and tin pails, and
+various other articles. Then they chopped down a number of fine shoots,
+and constructed, in a brief space of time, a snug lean-to between two
+big trees.
+
+Having placed their things in this--casting suspicious glances all the
+while at the tent--they went back to the boat, climbed in, and paddled
+swiftly down the creek.
+
+Ned rose to his feet, and looked after them in amazement. As the boat
+vanished around the sharp curve that the creek made immediately below
+the camp, he noticed for the first time a bait box trailing on behind.
+
+"I understand it now," he muttered. "Those fellows are out for a fishing
+trip, and they're going down to the rocks to set their lines. I hope
+they won't get into a row with Clay and Nugget."
+
+The possibility of such a thing made Ned uneasy. He stood in perplexity
+for a moment or two, and had just made up his mind to go down and look
+after the boys, when the sound of loud, angry voices reached his
+hearing.
+
+He hesitated no longer, but leaped down the slope and ran at full speed
+along the beach. Bursting through a covert of reeds and tall bushes, he
+emerged within a few yards of the rocks.
+
+On the outermost bowlder, close to the swirling current, were Nugget,
+Clay, and the two strangers. The flat was drawn out on shore.
+
+As Ned put foot on the nearest rock the taller of the strange lads
+struck Nugget violently on the arm with a paddle. Clay immediately hit
+the cowardly fellow in the breast, and in the struggle that followed the
+latter lost his balance and rolled backward into the swift current. His
+companion pounced on Clay, and they came down together on the rock,
+while Nugget stood by, holding his injured arm and shouting for help.
+
+Ned took in the situation at a glance. He saw that the lad in the water
+was a poor swimmer, and could make no headway against the current.
+Without stopping to count the cost he threw off his coat, and ran to the
+edge of the bowlder.
+
+"Bring the boat quick!" he shouted to Clay and his assailant, who had
+fallen apart and were glaring wrathfully at each other.
+
+Then Ned put his arms together and dived head first into the foaming
+water. He came to the surface half a dozen yards below, and struck out
+vigorously for the struggling lad, who was by this time on the point of
+exhaustion.
+
+Ned was an admirable swimmer, and absolutely fearless in the water.
+
+"Keep cool, and don't struggle," he shouted, as he reached the fellow
+and put on hand on his collar.
+
+The other had sense enough to obey, and both floated down stream
+together.
+
+It was out of the question for Ned to reach the shore immediately with
+his heavy burden, and as Clay and the other lad were slow about
+launching the boat, the affair might have ended seriously. But just at
+that time Randy came paddling up the creek in his canoe, and spied the
+drifting figures.
+
+He was soon alongside, and as the stern of the Water Sprite swung toward
+them, Ned and his companion each threw an arm over it.
+
+Then Randy paddled for the shore, and landed about sixty feet below the
+rocks.
+
+Clay and the other stranger reached the spot in the boat just as Ned and
+the lad he had so nobly rescued, waded out on the beach. The latter
+shook the water from his clothes and hesitatingly approached Ned.
+
+"I dunno' how to thank you for what you did," he said sheepishly. "I'm
+mighty sorry I hit that chap. Me and Joe were downright mad because
+you'uns were fishing thar in our place. You see we come here from the
+mountains every now and then, and ketch a lot of bass, and sell 'em back
+at Newville. I reckon it ain't our place anyhow, an' you'uns can fish
+thar as much as you please. My name is Jim Batters--Batters they allus
+calls me--and that's my brother Joe there."
+
+"I'm glad to know you, Batters," said Ned, holding out his hand. "You
+are welcome to your fishing ground. We are going away to-morrow anyhow.
+As for the quarrel--we'll just let that drop. You had better go up to
+camp now and dry your clothes."
+
+Batters was not satisfied, however, until he had apologized all around,
+and made Joe do the same. Nugget had arrived by this time, and he
+declared that his arm no longer pained him.
+
+Then the whole party went up the creek, some on water and some on land.
+The two mountaineers were tall, lanky youths with expressionless faces,
+surrounded by shocks of yellow hair.
+
+They wore homespun clothes and high boots. They were speedily on
+intimate terms with Jolly Rovers, and gladly accepted Ned's invitation
+to dinner. They asked many curious questions, and lost themselves in
+admiration over the canoes.
+
+Ned told them about the nocturnal visitors of the previous night, and
+inquired if they had seen anything of the men. Both stoutly replied in
+the negative, but a swift, covert glance that passed between them did
+not escape Ned's attention.
+
+During the remainder of the day he remembered it more than once. When
+dinner was over they all went down to the rocks, and Batters and Joe
+proudly displayed their skill at fishing. In two hours they caught
+fifteen large bass. For bait they used crabs and lizards, which they had
+brought from the mountains.
+
+In the evening Randy entertained the country lads with a mouth organ
+performance, and at ten o'clock the visitors went to their camp on the
+other side of the brook.
+
+It had been a long day, and the Jolly Rovers were glad to get to bed.
+They were too drowsy to think about the possibility of another visit
+from the mysterious boat, and in a very few minutes all were sound
+asleep.
+
+About midnight--as nearly as he could judge afterward--Ned sat up with a
+start, firmly convinced that some danger was at hand. As he listened
+with a wildly throbbing heart, soft footsteps cracked on the pine
+needles outside, and then the tent flap was torn open, revealing against
+the lingering embers of the campfire the semblance of a human form.
+
+"Hi! you chaps in thar!" whispered a gruff and unfamiliar voice. "Get
+awake, quick!"
+
+The words had a soothing affect on Ned's fears, and satisfied him that
+the visitor--whoever he was--had come in the guise of friendship. He
+drew a match from his pocket and rubbed it on his trousers. It ignited,
+and revealed the pale face of Batters, framed between the tent and flap.
+
+"Great Caesar! Is it you?" exclaimed Ned. "What's wrong?"
+
+"Hush! not so loud," whispered Batters. "Put that light out, quick!"
+
+Ned obeyed in haste.
+
+"Now rouse the other chaps, and do it quietly, so they don't make no
+noise."
+
+This was a pretty stiff order, and Ned had some fears for the result.
+Happily all went well, and in two or three minutes an audience of four
+trembling and well nigh panic stricken lads was sitting in the darkness,
+listening to Batter's ominous tale.
+
+"Joe waked me up a little while ago," he began, "an' said there was a
+strange boat, an' two men in it, down by the mouth of the run. I tole
+Joe ter stay an' watch our stuff. Then I sneaked along the shore an'
+seen the fellows sittin' on the beach along side the canoes.
+
+"I didn't dare go close enough to hear what they was sayin', so I come
+right up to the tent. I reckon you uns had better make a move afore the
+canoes get carried off. I'll do what I kin fur you. If we all take
+paddles and run out yellin' an' screachin' mebbe the fellars will get
+scared and make tracks without showin' fight."
+
+This proposition rather staggered the boys.
+
+"The thieves probably want more than the canoes," said Ned. "It's very
+likely they are right outside the tent now. I hardly know what we ought
+to do."
+
+"Let's give them our money and watches, and anything else they want,"
+suggested Nugget. "If we don't they'll surely cut our throats."
+
+"Keep quiet!" whispered Clay savagely. "If you don't I'll throw you out
+of the tent."
+
+At this awful threat Nugget subsided and buried his head in his blanket.
+
+Meanwhile Randy, whose temper was beginning to rise at the thought of
+being robbed, had quietly reached for his gun, and was fumbling with it
+under cover of the darkness.
+
+An unlucky move dashed the stock against his lantern, and the crash of
+broken glass followed. At the same moment Batters called in a loud
+whisper, "Here they are. I see them movin' among the trees."
+
+At this startling news a wailing cry broke from Nugget, and an instant
+later a gruff voice called distinctly:
+
+"Come out of that one at a time, young fellars. Move lively, an' you
+won't be harmed."
+
+There was dead silence for a few seconds, and then the command was
+repeated in a more peremptory tone.
+
+"They ain't got no shootin' weapons," whispered Batters; "only short
+sticks. I can see 'em by the firelight."
+
+On hearing this, Randy was seized with a sudden access of courage. Gun
+in hand, he dashed by his companions to the front of the tent.
+
+Batters saw the glint of the weapon and made a futile grab at it.
+
+"Don't do no shootin'," he whispered hoarsely.
+
+The warning came too late. Randy stepped out from the flaps and raised
+it to his shoulder.
+
+"Make tracks, you villains," he shouted, "or I'll put daylight through
+you." (This was a favorite expression of Randy's purloined from the life
+of Kit Carson.) Then, as retreating footsteps were heard, he lowered the
+weapon a little and pulled the trigger.
+
+The thunderous report was followed by a yell of pain, and two voices
+hissed out dire threats of vengeance as the baffled men went hastily
+down the slope.
+
+As Randy turned toward his companions Batters sprang at him and wrenched
+the weapon from his hands.
+
+"Didn't I tell you not to shoot?" he cried. "Now you've gone an' hit
+Bug. I kinder feared it might be him, but I wasn't certain. That's him
+swearin' this very minute. Oh! I'll fix you for this."
+
+Pushing Randy to one side and dashing the gun on the ground, Batters
+vanished in the darkness, yelling at the top of his voice, "Bug! Bug!
+it's me!"
+
+The boys were overcome with terror and amazement. Who in the world was
+Bug, and why should Batters be so anxious about him?
+
+"Why did you do that?" demanded Ned sternly. "If you have shot any one
+don't expect us to shield you."
+
+Randy did not reply. He staggered into the tent and rolled over in
+helpless mirth.
+
+"It--it was--a salt cartridge," he finally was able to gasp. "I
+had--three or four of them. I read how to make them--in a book. Didn't I
+pepper their legs nicely though.
+
+"I don't care what it was," exclaimed Ned angrily. "You ought to be
+ashamed of yourself. You'll break up this trip yet with your
+foolishness."
+
+Randy sobered down in a moment or two, and when he joined the others
+outside the tent he was disposed to take a less humorous view of his
+smart performance. A light was visible at the mouth of the brook, and
+four figures could be seen around it.
+
+Joe had evidently joined his brother. The conversation that was carried
+on was for the most part inaudible, but now and then a threatening
+sentence could be heard, or a few words of entreaty.
+
+"Serious trouble will come out of this," said Ned. "For half a cent I'd
+deliver you over to those fellows, Randy. The worst of it is that they
+were going away when you fired."
+
+"Dodging behind trees, that's all," replied Randy.
+
+"Not a bit of it," exclaimed Ned angrily. "They were running toward the
+creek."
+
+As Clay stoutly backed up this assertion, Randy lapsed into sullen
+silence. He was more frightened than he chose to let appear.
+
+After what seemed a painfully long interval to the waiting boys, Batters
+came softly out of the gloom and stood before them.
+
+"I reckon there ain't no more danger," he said. "It wasn't Bug what was
+hit; the other fellow. He's sittin' down thar on the stones now, a
+pickin' lumps of salt out of his legs with a knife blade. He's mad as
+blazes too, an' me an Bug had all we could do ter keep him from comin'
+back here.
+
+"I tole Bug how you saved my life, an' when he heard that he put his
+foot down an' swore you chaps shouldn't be harmed. Bug ain't bad at
+heart, he ain't. As soon as the other fellow gits all the salt out
+they're both going away. They hev a camp somewhere's down the creek."
+
+"But who are these men, Batters, and what do you know about them?" asked
+Ned.
+
+The lad hesitated for a moment.
+
+"I reckon I might as well make a clean breast of it," he said in a
+pitiful tone. "Don't you-uns think bad of me an' Joe though, cause we've
+been brung up different, 'deed we have--."
+
+"Look here, Batters, you needn't tell us if you don't want to,"
+interrupted Ned sympathetically.
+
+He had an inkling of the true state of affairs, and wished to spare the
+lad what was evidently a painful recital.
+
+"No, I'd better tell," responded Batters. "It's just this way. Bug is
+big brother to me and Joe, only he's about six years older than us. You
+see when he was a little chap dad an' mammy lived down near Middlesex,
+an' Bug he got in bad company. When dad moved up to the Gap, Bug was
+toler'ble bad, an' since then he's been gittin' worse.
+
+"He was in Carlisle jail twict fer stealin', an' in summer he jest lives
+shiftless like along the creek, helpin' hisself to the farmers' stuff.
+Now he dassent come home no more, for dad says he won't own him fur a
+son. Mammy cries heaps an' says her heart's broke.
+
+"You see dad an' mammy are honest, if they are poor, an' they made me
+an' Joe promise we'd never take nothin' what don't belong to us. Mammy
+says she wants us ter grow up the right way, an' not be bad an'
+wuthless like--like Bug--."
+
+Here Batters broke down and began to cry softly. His sad little
+tale--alas! only too common in all walks of life!--had deeply moved his
+hearers, and more than one of the boys had tears in their eyes.
+
+Ned walked over and threw his arm around the weeping lad.
+
+"Don't cry, Batters," he said softly. "Some day Bug will find out his
+mistake and begin to do better. We don't think any the less of you and
+Joe on his account. Stick to your mother, and do what she says, and
+you'll be sure to grow up the right kind of men."
+
+Batters was consoled by this boyish sympathy. He wiped his eyes and
+looked gratefully at Ned.
+
+"Here, take this," said Nugget, holding out a handsome pocket knife.
+"It's got four blades, and a corkscrew, and a file."
+
+Batters looked doubtfully at the treasure. Randy had just lighted a
+lantern, and the rays flashed on the mother of pearl handle.
+
+"I want you to have it," said Nugget, "my father will send me plenty
+more from New York."
+
+The temptation was too much. Batters took the knife with a smile, and
+incoherently tried to thank the donor.
+
+All at once the creaking of oars was heard, and a moment later Joe
+joined the party.
+
+"They've gone," he announced. "T' other fellow got tired pickin' the
+salt out. Bug tole him he ought to be glad cause now he was well
+seasoned. Then the fellow jabbed at Bug with a knife. Missed him
+though."
+
+"Well, I'm 'glad the affair is over," said Ned. "We'll be able to get
+some sleep now. Batters, suppose you and Joe come in our tent? There is
+room enough."
+
+Batters hesitated and gave an awkward hitch to his trousers.
+
+"I reckon you'd better not do any more sleepin' here," he said uneasily.
+"Bug pulled me aside, and said I should tell you-uns to light out afore
+daybreak, 'cause the other fellar will surely come back an' lay fur the
+chap what shot him. I dunno where Bug picked him up, or who he is. He
+looks like a tramp, with his dirty beard and wicked eyes. H's a mighty
+bad man when he gits riled, Bug says. It's a pity that chap shot him,
+'cause they were both running away."
+
+"I know that," replied Ned, "and I'm awfully sorry it happened. It was a
+mean, contemptible trick under the circumstances. But what had we better
+do now?"
+
+"Well, I reckon it would be better to pack up and start," advised
+Batters. "You see Bug and the other fellar have a camp about two mile
+down the creek. You can slide right past it in the darkness, and if you
+keep on fur a good ways the fellar what was shot won't find you again.
+Bug tole me they didn't intend to go much further down the creek. You
+needn't be afraid to travel by night, 'cause there ain't any bad water
+near here, an' the first dam is twelve mile away."
+
+Ned was inclined to act promptly on Batters' suggestions, and It goes
+without saying that the others were of the same mind--especially Randy,
+who had conceived a mortal fear of Bug's companion.
+
+It was between one and two o'clock when the boys began the work of
+breaking camp, and as Batters and Joe rendered useful assistance, the
+heavily laden canoes were in the water half an hour later. The start was
+made in darkness and silence. Ned thanked Batters for the important
+service he had rendered that night, and added a few words of comfort and
+sympathy.
+
+Hands were shaken all around, and hopes expressed of meeting again. Then
+the Jolly Rovers paddled noiselessly away in the gloom, and Batters and
+Joe went up the beach to their shelter of pine boughs.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+HOW THE DAY DAWNED
+
+
+It was with no pleasant sensations that the boys found themselves for
+the second time adrift in the darkness. Not that they had any fears of
+the journey that lay before them; that was a trifling matter compared to
+the loss of sleep and the indignity of being routed out of their snug
+beds through no fault of their own.
+
+There was no open complaint, however, and for ten or fifteen minutes the
+silence of the night was disturbed only by the low swish of the paddles,
+as the four canoes moved abreast down midstream.
+
+"This thing is getting monotonous, and I hope it won't happen again,"
+remarked Ned finally, in a very grave voice. "If you fellows had
+listened to me this morning we would be sound asleep this minute in some
+place down the creek, instead of floating here in the dark with a forced
+paddle of ten miles ahead of us."
+
+"It's hard luck, that's a fact," muttered Clay.
+
+"No luck about it," retorted Ned. "It's pure recklessness, and Randy is
+chiefly to blame."
+
+"No more than the rest of you," growled Randy. "I wasn't the only one
+that wanted to stay."
+
+"I don't mean that," said Ned, "though of course the trouble began
+there. I refer to your foolish act a little while ago. If you hadn't
+fired that salt cartridge the men would have gone quietly away, and we
+could have remained where we were until morning. Now you have made a
+bitter enemy, and if he don't give us future annoyance it will only be
+through the intercession of Batters' brother--provided he has enough
+influence over his companion.
+
+"I feel glad in one way that we stayed. Batters and Joe are good hearted
+fellows, if they _are_ rough on the outside, and it was a pleasure to
+become acquainted with them. I hope their brother Bug will turn over a
+new leaf some day, and be allowed to go home.
+
+"But that wasn't what I started in to talk about," resumed Ned after a
+brief pause. "The fact is, Randy, that you must be more careful in
+future. You have been to blame for every one of our scrapes so far, and
+if you intend to keep this up we may as well abandon the cruise and go
+home. This is the second warning I've had to give you. The other one
+don't seem to have done much good."
+
+"I think you are getting pretty meddlesome, Ned Chapman," exclaimed
+Randy in a sullen tone; "when I want any advice from you I'll ask for
+it."
+
+"Don't give way to your temper, now," returned Ned quietly, "I'm talking
+for the common good, and you know it in your heart."
+
+"Ned's right," exclaimed Clay. "This cruise has been a chapter of
+misadventures from the start, and every one of them lies at your door."
+
+Randy drove his paddle into the water with furious strokes, and was soon
+a dozen yards ahead of his companions.
+
+"I'll give you fellows a chance to get out of the dumps," he called back
+angrily. "I hope you'll be in a better humor when we meet again."
+
+Then he drove the canoe forward so rapidly that the dip of the paddle
+was soon faint in the distance.
+
+"Let him go," said Ned. "He can't come to any harm, and it will give him
+a good chance to cool down. That's the main trouble with Randy. Up comes
+his temper at the least word of rebuke, and though he knows that he is
+wrong, his self will and anger won't let him admit it. I believe he will
+take this warning to heart though."
+
+Clay and Nugget did not reply. The former's conscience was a little bit
+uneasy, for he knew that his imprudent utterance had started Randy off
+in anger.
+
+The three boys paddled on silently for a while, and then Nugget managed
+to ground the Imp on a concealed ledge of rocks. It required the united
+efforts of his companions to dislodge it, and even then it was a labor
+of nearly five minutes' duration. A canvas canoe must be handled very
+carefully when among the rocks.
+
+About this time the moon came out from a bank of fleecy clouds, and the
+light--feeble though it was--enabled the boys to make better speed, and
+to keep a watch ahead for shoals.
+
+A moment later they wished with all their hearts that the moon was on
+the other side of the globe, for a bend in the channel revealed a fire
+on the right bank, a short distance below. The flames were partly
+screened by a fringe of bushes, but not sufficiently to prevent the
+ruddy light from flashing far across the water.
+
+"That must be Bug Batters's camp," whispered Ned.
+
+"It will be a ticklish operation to get by if the men are on the watch.
+We can manage to, though, if we are prudent and don't lose our heads.
+Don't breathe a word or make any noise with your paddles. Just stick
+close to me."
+
+Ned headed for the left bank, which was thickly wooded, and paddled
+slowly and noiselessly along the very edge. The others followed his
+example, and in a short time the three canoes were directly opposite the
+fire. Two dark figures squatting beside it could be plainly seen. The
+dancing reflection of the flames revealed the boat pulled partially out
+of water, and stretched far beyond mid channel.
+
+It was a thrilling moment. Discovery at first seemed inevitable, for the
+men were facing the creek. But as no alarm came, and the canoes crept
+deeper into the friendly gloom, the boys began to breathe more easily.
+
+They did not relax their caution until the fire was two or three
+hundred yards in the rear. Then Ned signified that the danger was over
+by paddling boldly and swiftly toward mid-channel.
+
+"I hope we have seen the last of Bug Batters and his companion," he
+said, "and I really believe that they won't give us any more trouble."
+
+"I'm glad to hear you say so," replied Clay. "That's my opinion, too. If
+we put about ten miles between us and them we ought to feel safe."
+
+"Better make it twenty," remarked Nugget uneasily. "Then we will be
+twice as safe."
+
+"Oh, that won't be necessary," laughed Ned. "I say, fellows, it must
+have been a pretty stiff ordeal for Randy to go by that fire, within
+sight of the man he peppered with salt."
+
+"Well, I should say so," returned Clay. "When we catch up with him we'll
+ask him how he felt."
+
+"But that won't be for some time to come," said Ned, "unless we move a
+little faster. Try to keep up with me, and don't lag behind."
+
+He started off with short, quick strokes, and after a brief race the
+others settled down abreast of him.
+
+The moon outlined the limits of the creek very distinctly, shining first
+from one side, then from the other, as the channel followed its tortuous
+course. The water continued deep and fairly swift, and during the next
+hour and a half the boys must have paddled no less than six or seven
+miles.
+
+Nothing was seen of Randy, but this fact was easily explained, since he
+had gained considerable on his companions at the start, and had
+moreover a light and easily running canoe.
+
+Presently the sky to the eastward became faintly streaked with gray, and
+the close night air was succeeded by a fragrant and delicious breeze.
+Dawn came on apace, heralded by the singing of birds, and the splashing
+of fish in search of the early insect. The mist began to rise from the
+water, and in some distant barnyard hungry cattle lowed.
+
+"There is some compensation in night travel," said Ned. "It will be a
+treat to see the sun come up. Two or three miles more and then we'll
+hunt a snug camping place, and have a plunge in the creek, and a good
+breakfast on top of it, and sleep until afternoon. I don't feel very
+tired just now, but I'm ravenously hungry."
+
+"So am I," echoed Clay and Nugget in one breath.
+
+As the daylight advanced the boys paddled on with light hearts. In the
+long level stretch that was now ahead of them no sign of Randy was
+visible. As the next bend--an unusually sharp one--drew near, a dull,
+roaring sound was heard.
+
+"That must be a bit of swift water," observed Ned; "I hope it's long
+enough to give us a good spin."
+
+"But won't it be dangerous?" asked Nugget uneasily.
+
+"Of course not," replied Clay. "There couldn't be any danger on a small
+stream like this, and besides Batters told us everything was smooth for
+twelve miles ahead."
+
+It is more than probable that when Batters made this statement he had in
+mind his own safe and bulky craft, which could have stood any amount of
+rough usage without upsetting. But this version of the matter did not
+occur to the boys. They confidently paddled on, hoping to find a stretch
+of swift water that would give them a lift on their journey.
+
+Just at the commencement of the curve a spit of rocks and trees jutted
+out from the right shore. As the boys were whirled swiftly around this,
+the first brief glimpse of what lay beyond proved far from satisfactory.
+
+The creek narrowed to half its former width, and the greater part of
+even this contracted channel was rendered unnavigable by a long bar of
+gravel and grass, over which an inch or so of water crawled sluggishly.
+The main channel--only half a dozen feet wide--headed abruptly to the
+right, and swept at breakneck speed in a perfect half circle under the
+outwardly projecting base of a steep and wooded hill. Here and there the
+bushes hung down to meet the madly tossing waves, and swayed violently.
+
+It was already too late to turn back, and it was equally out of the
+question to cut across the swift rushing current and gain the shallow
+bar. Speedy disaster would have resulted from _that_ step.
+
+Ned was half a canoe's length in advance, and without a second's delay
+he swung the bow of the Pioneer around to meet the curve of the channel.
+
+"Paddle toward the left!--the left!" he shouted hoarsely to his
+companions. "Keep your heads down when you come to the bushes."
+
+Ned had no chance to say more. His own affairs required his undivided
+attention. With a dizzy jerk he swung into the half circle, rising and
+falling with the huge waves. A few tremendous paddle strokes deflected
+him to the left, and fortunately he cleared the outer fringe of bushes.
+
+Just when the worst seemed to be over the Pioneer ran broadside on a
+submerged rock, tipped instantly, and out went Ned head over heels.
+
+He was dragged clear to the bottom of the rapids before he could gain a
+foothold. Then, waist deep in water, he grabbed the Pioneer as it
+drifted by him, and waded with it to a narrow landing place at the base
+of the hill.
+
+Even less fortunate was Nugget. The dizzy whirl of the current and the
+jolting motion of the waves so terrified him that he dropped his paddle
+and clutched the combing with both hands. Then, as the bushes directly
+ahead caught his eye, he threw up his arms and seized them.
+
+The next instant the canoe was whisked from under him, leaving him
+clinging to the frail support, shrieking with terror and bobbing up and
+down on the waves. He remained in this position only a few seconds.
+Clay's canoe struck him obliquely, and the concussion caused it to swing
+broadside and upset. Both lads were rolled over and over to the foot of
+the rapids, where Ned helped them and their canoes to shore.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+A SAFE SHELTER
+
+
+For a moment the three wrecked Jolly Rovers could only stare blankly at
+their dripping clothes, and at one another. The whole thing had taken
+place so quickly that they did not as yet realize the extent of the
+misfortune.
+
+Finally Ned and Clay broke into a hearty laugh, while Nugget sat down on
+a rock and wiped the tears from his eyes.
+
+"Hullo, there!" cried a familiar voice, as Randy appeared from behind a
+patch of bushes a few yards down the shore. "Great Caesar! what a mess
+you fellows are in!"
+
+"Thanks to you," replied Ned. "Why didn't you come up the creek and warn
+us?"
+
+"That's just what I was on my way to do, 'pon my honor it was. I
+couldn't get here a minute sooner. I upset in that beastly place myself,
+and was carried down below those bushes. Look at that!" Randy pointed to
+his muddy feet and wet clothes. It was evident that he was speaking the
+truth.
+
+"Well, what's done can't be undone," said Ned. "We must make the best
+of it. I'm afraid, the water has spoilt a good deal of our stuff."
+
+"You can count yourselves lucky if your canoes aren't injured," rejoined
+Randy. "The rocks tore the keel nearly off of mine, and it leaks like a
+basket."
+
+"Then we are in for a long delay," exclaimed Ned vexatiously. "It's
+unfortunate just at this time, when we ought to be four or five miles
+farther down the stream."
+
+"You won't think so when I show you the place I've found," replied
+Randy. "We could camp there for a month, and no one would be any the
+wiser. It's over on the left shore where the current first landed me. I
+had a look at the spot and then waded to this side with the canoe."
+
+"The first thing is to get dry clothes on," returned Ned. "The morning
+air is too cool for comfort."
+
+"Down below here is just the place you want then," said Randy. "A big
+gravel bar. The sun shines on it beautifully."
+
+This statement brought a smile even to Nugget's face, and without delay
+the boys proceeded down the creek.
+
+As it was impossible to get any wetter they waded, pushing the canoes
+ahead of them. The gravel bar was twenty yards below, in mid-channel,
+and sure enough the first rays of the sun fell full upon it.
+
+The canoes were speedily denuded of everything they held, and the gravel
+was soon strewn with water soaked bread, crackers, blankets, fishing
+rods, writing paper, and envelopes. The other provisions, being incased
+in jars, were uninjured; and so also were the extra clothes, thanks to
+the oiled canvas bags in which they were wrapped.
+
+The boys quickly made the change, and stretched out their wet garments
+to dry. The canoes were placed bottom up to drain, and after satisfying
+himself that the Water Sprite was damaged beyond immediate repair, Ned
+suggested that Randy should point out the place he had discovered.
+
+The latter was only too willing, and when the boys had followed his
+instructions by rolling their trousers above their knees, he led them
+through the shallow water toward the left shore.
+
+As they advanced nothing was visible but the low bank, densely covered
+with bushes and young timber. Randy was several yards in advance, and
+all at once he stooped and disappeared. The others followed his example,
+and when they had waded with bent backs under a heavy screen of bushes,
+they were amazed to find themselves in the mouth of a good sized stream.
+
+The water was knee deep, and flowed gently over a bed of sand and
+pebbles. For a distance of sixty or seventy feet inland the stream was
+three or four yards wide; then came a deep circular pool fed by a
+brawling waterfall that dashed impetuously down a mossy incline of
+rocks. On all sides were inviting clumps of bushes, and slender trees
+bending over their weight of foliage, while from branch to branch swung
+foxgrape vines.
+
+Near the head of the pool was a grassy open spot shaded by half a dozen
+monster shellbark trees--a perfect little Eden. In fact the whole scene
+was so entrancing to these lads, who well knew how to appreciate
+Nature's most charming moods, that they stood still with the cool water
+surging against their knees, to look and listen.
+
+The sunlight filtered obliquely through the leaves, gleaming here and
+there in the dark thickets like stray gold, and shimmering on the eddies
+of the pool. The air was fragrant with the scent of wild flowers, and
+from every direction came the music of birds and the busy chattering of
+squirrels.
+
+"I knew you fellows would fall in love with the place," said Randy.
+"Just think of spending two or three days here--or maybe a week. There's
+nothing to prevent it. Under those shellbark trees is a grand place for
+a tent, and here is water enough to float fifty canoes. The bushes
+completely hide the entrance, and when we are all fixed snug I'll defy
+Bug Batters or any one else to find us in a month. What do you say, Ned?
+Do you think it's necessary now to go farther down the creek?"
+
+Ned drew a long breath.
+
+"I think this is the most beautiful spot I ever saw," he replied. "I'll
+stay here a week if the rest are willing."
+
+The rest _were_ willing--emphatically so. Clay immediately began to
+indulge in visions of trout fishing farther up the stream, which must
+have its source in the mountains. Nugget declared it was a good place
+to rest, while Randy expressed an opinion that game was plentiful in the
+vicinity.
+
+Having waded to the edge of the pool, where the water deepened abruptly,
+the boys returned as they had come, and were soon back on the gravel
+bar. They were too hungry to go to the trouble of making a fire, so they
+breakfasted on damp crackers and dried beef, and found them very
+palatable, too.
+
+Then, as the sun had already dried the things, the canoes were loaded
+and pushed up the mouth of the stream. The boys took good care to remove
+every trace of their presence from the bar, and to deftly rearrange the
+screen of bushes after passing through.
+
+The tent was soon staked under the shellbark trees, and the canoes were
+carried out beside it. The Jolly Rovers now felt as safe as though they
+were fifty miles down the creek. Being pretty well exhausted by the
+interruption of the previous night and by their long paddle, they made
+pillows out of their blankets, and went to sleep on the grassy floor of
+the tent.
+
+But it is not an easy matter to turn day into night, and so the boys
+found it. Ned awoke about noon, and threw the flap open so that the sun
+could stream into the tent--as much of it at least as came through the
+thick foliage. It was sufficient to rouse Randy and Nugget. Clay was
+missing, but as his fishing rod had also disappeared, no alarm was felt
+over this fact.
+
+Of course, dinner immediately suggested itself, so Ned started to make
+the fire, while Randy inspected the supplies to see what was available.
+
+"Damp crackers and cold meat are about all we can count on," he
+announced dismally. "There are only a half a dozen potatoes here. You
+might boil some oatmeal, though."
+
+"We must get along with what we have," replied Ned. "This afternoon some
+of us must make a foraging expedition. We can't be very far from a
+farmhouse."
+
+The fire was soon blazing merrily, and just as Ned placed the coffee pot
+on the bars, a cheery whistle rang through the woods, and Clay appeared
+at the head of the pool.
+
+"See what you lazy fellows have missed," he exclaimed, holding up a
+string of speckled brook trout. "I caught all those in the last two
+hours, and tramped more than a mile up stream to get them."
+
+The boys were delighted at this unexpected addition to their dinner, and
+the spotted beauties were soon ready for the frying pan. Hunger made a
+piquant sauce, and the crackers, meat and fish vanished in short order.
+
+"I intend to let you fellows wash the dishes this time," said Ned, when
+the meal was concluded. "I'm going after supplies. We certainly need
+them badly enough. Did you see any signs of a farmhouse when you were up
+the stream, Clay?"
+
+"No indeed. The woods are thick in every direction, and I have no doubt
+they stretch clear to the mountains. It's awfully wild and lonesome
+along the stream."
+
+"No use in trying that direction then," replied Ned. "I think I'll go
+down the creek in my canoe."
+
+"Let me go with you," said Randy. "You may have a big load to carry back
+you know."
+
+Ned hesitated an instant, and then gave his consent. He really preferred
+to be alone, but he saw that Randy was very sorry for his recent ill
+conduct, and wanted to make what amends he could.
+
+Clay loaned Randy his canoe, and promised to repair the Water Sprite
+during the latter's absence. Then the foraging expedition paddled out
+into the creek, equipped with tin pails and canvas sacks.
+
+Clay and Nugget were at no loss to find occupation. It required a good
+half hour to wash and dry the dishes, and after that a big stack of
+firewood was piled up. Then the Water Sprite was placed across two logs,
+and Clay proceeded to make the needed repairs. Having screwed the keel
+firmly in place, he thrust cotton under its whole length with his knife
+blade, and then put on a plentiful coating of white lead.
+
+"There!" he exclaimed, as he surveyed his own work with satisfaction.
+"That canoe won't leak a drop in the morning. I say, Nugget, let's go
+fishing a little while. It's only five o'clock, and the boys won't be
+back for an hour or two yet."
+
+Nothing could have pleased Nugget more. He made the proviso, however,
+that Randy's gun should be taken along.
+
+"I don't know what you're afraid of," said Clay; "but I'll humor you
+anyhow."
+
+He shouldered the weapon, first looking to see that it was loaded, and
+started up the stream. Nugget trudged behind with the two fishing rods.
+
+Half a mile from camp the boys stopped by a deep pool that presented a
+very tempting aspect. The bushes and trees were dense all around it.
+
+"This is where I caught my first fish this morning," whispered Clay, as
+he put a nice fat worm on the hook and dropped it in the water.
+
+Almost instantly the line tightened, and the slender rod bent. Clay gave
+a quick pull, and something shiny whizzed through the air, landing with
+a dull flop some yards behind the boys.
+
+"That was a big fellow," exclaimed Clay. "It flew clear off the hook.
+Get it for me, Nugget, will you? I want to catch another."
+
+Nugget obligingly dropped the hook he was baiting, and crawled on hands
+and knees into the thicket.
+
+A few seconds later he burst out, yelling wildly for help, while a
+crackling of bushes behind him told plainly that something or someone
+was in close pursuit.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+A TRAMP ACROSS COUNTRY
+
+
+Nugget dashed by Clay without stopping, and crossed the stream, close to
+the lower end of the pool, in two or three frantic leaps.
+
+Clay was frightened himself, but observing that the rustling noise in
+the thicket had ceased, he boldly stood his ground, taking the
+precaution, however, to exchange his fishing rod for the gun.
+
+"What's wrong?" he demanded, turning warily toward Nugget, who was on
+the opposite side of the stream with one hand clasping the low boughs of
+3 pine tree.
+
+"There's some wild animal in there," cried Nugget hoarsely. "It looked
+at me with its shining eyes, and then growled. Shoot it quick, before it
+comes out."
+
+Just then the rustling in the thicket recommenced, and with wonderful
+celerity Nugget disappeared into the heart of the tree.
+
+But the creature, whatever it might be, was going in the opposite
+direction from the pool. This emboldened Clay, and without hesitation he
+started in pursuit, paying no attention to Nugget's appealing cries.
+Guided by the threshing of bushes he pushed on for ten or twenty yards.
+
+Then it suddenly occurred to him that the animal might be a wildcat or
+even a bear, that had strayed down from the mountains. A close encounter
+of this nature was by no means to Clay's liking. He stopped, and was
+just about turning back, when he saw a dark object passing through a
+break in the thicket about thirty feet away.
+
+The shadows were too deep to afford a good glimpse of the animal, but
+Clay did not hesitate. Drawing the gun to his shoulder he took quick aim
+and fired.
+
+When the smoke cleared the creature had vanished, but from a distance
+came a queer grunting noise mingled with the hasty crashing of the
+bushes.
+
+"I believe that was a bear," muttered Clay, "and unless I'm greatly
+mistaken I put a few shot into his hind quarters."
+
+He stood listening until the sounds had died away, and then retraced his
+steps toward the pool, satisfied that no more trouble was to be
+apprehended from the unwelcome prowler.
+
+Nugget was still in the tree, and came down very reluctantly, even when
+he knew what had happened. Then the boys shouldered their fishing rods
+and hurried back to camp, arriving there just as Ned and Randy paddled
+up the mouth of the stream.
+
+Clay's adventure--which he related with conscious pride--caused somewhat
+of a sensation. Randy and Nugget wanted to break camp at once, and Clay
+was more than inclined to side with them.
+
+"Nonsense!" exclaimed Ned. "I don't believe it was a wild animal at all,
+and even if it was it would hardly come near here again after being shot
+at."
+
+"Then what could it have been?" demanded Clay a little sharply.
+
+"Some stray domestic creature, as likely as not," answered Ned.
+
+Clay did not reply. He was far from unwilling to accept this version of
+the affair, though he still had his doubts.
+
+The others were reassured by Ned's words, and when the fruits of the
+foraging expedition were taken from the canoes all else was forgotten
+but supper.
+
+"Won't we have a feast?" said Randy. "Just see here, fellows. Fresh,
+yellow butter, a pail of milk, three pies, two loaves of bread, a cup of
+cheese, a picked duck, and potatoes and apples! We had a time to get
+them, though--a mile and a half down the creek, and half a mile over the
+fields."
+
+It was nearly dark when supper was ready, and the meal was eaten with
+such slow enjoyment that nine o'clock arrived before the last of the
+dishes were washed and put away. Then the tired boys went to bed, after
+securing the tent flaps with more than usual care.
+
+No alarm disturbed their sleep that night. Wednesday dawned clear as a
+whistle. Before the sun was fairly up the boys took a plunge in the cool
+depths of the pool, and the result was such a crop of voracious
+appetites that Randy predicted another foraging expedition before the
+day was over.
+
+After breakfast Ned sat down on a stone, and spreading a lengthy paper
+on his knees, began to study it intently.
+
+"What have you there?" asked Randy.
+
+"A map of the Cumberland Valley," replied Ned. "Do you know, we almost
+forgot about our mail arrangements? It's a good thing I remembered it
+this morning. If this stream we are camping on now is Otter Run--and
+according to the-map it is--then West Hill is only half a dozen miles
+due east of us.
+
+"That is the first place we were to expect letters, and we won't get any
+nearer to it than we are now. I think I'll walk over. You may go with
+me, Clay, if you like. The distance is too much for Nugget, and it's
+Randy's turn to stay in camp."
+
+No objection was made to this arrangement, and all hurriedly produced
+paper and pencils and sat down on the grass to write letters home.
+
+"I'm asking for a cake," said Randy. "Where shall I have it sent?"
+
+"Carlisle," answered Ned. "We will be there next week. Tell them to make
+it a big one."
+
+"And not to forget to put icing on it," added Clay.
+
+"Oh, that goes without telling," said Randy laughingly. "They know what
+I like."
+
+In half an hour all the letters were sealed and addressed. Then Ned and
+Clay brushed off their clothes and put on neckties, greatly to Randy's
+amusement.
+
+"What are you laughing at?" exclaimed Ned. "Don't you know that we may
+be invited out to dinner at West Hill? I wish I had a dress suit with
+me."
+
+"What a pity you haven't," said Randy mockingly. "Nugget will lend you
+his yachting cap."
+
+"Of course I will," said Nugget in all seriousness. "Say, Ned," he
+whispered, coming up close, "I--I have a white shirt in my bag and a
+dotted vest. I thought they might come in handy. You are quite welcome
+to them, you know, if--"
+
+Nugget's indiscreet confession went no further. Ned rolled on the
+ground, choking with laughter. He actually couldn't help it.
+
+Clay and Randy had heard every word, and poor Nugget was finally obliged
+to take refuge in the tent.
+
+"This won't do," said Ned, struggling to keep a sober face. "We must be
+off. I hope you won't get in any fresh scrapes while we are away, Randy.
+You had better stay about camp. You may look for us back some time this
+afternoon--not later than four o'clock."
+
+"Oh, I won't have time to get in mischief," laughed Randy. "It will take
+all day to write my log book up to date. I haven't touched it since
+night before last."
+
+It was about half past nine o'clock when the boys started. They paddled
+across the creek and landed at the foot of the hill. Randy accompanied
+them in the Water Sprite, so that he could tow the canoe back with him.
+
+"Just you fellows sing out," he said. "I'll hear you and come across."
+
+"All right," returned Ned, as he commenced the steep ascent of the hill,
+with Clay at his heels.
+
+Reaching the summit they turned and waved their hands to Randy, who was
+slowly paddling toward camp, far below them.
+
+Of the camp itself not a vestige could be seen, even from this
+elevation.
+
+Then the boys set their faces toward the east, and strode briskly
+through the pine forest that covered the level plateau. For a mile or
+two the land was very rugged and lonely. Then open fields began to
+appear here and there, and an occasional farmhouse nestled amid orchards
+in a valley, or standing boldly against the sky from a hill top.
+
+Such implicit faith did Ned place in his map that he shunned the roads,
+and did not think it worth while to stop at any of the farmhouses to ask
+information. With a view to reaching the village in the most direct
+manner, he cut straight across country, skirting fields of grain and
+corn, it is true, but taking everything else as it came--hills, ravines,
+orchards, and meadows.
+
+And all this time the boys were making one of the most foolish blunders
+that can well be imagined--taking into consideration, of course, the
+peculiar nature of the creek and the constantly shifting scenery
+through which they were passing. Later on, when the consequences of
+their thoughtlessness stared them in the face, they wondered how they
+could have been so blind.
+
+When the farmhouse bells began to clang from distant points the boys
+knew that it was half past eleven o'clock.
+
+"We have surely covered six miles in two hours," said Ned. "West Hill
+can't be far away. No doubt we will see it from that next ridge."
+
+But when the ridge was gained no village was in sight. Something else
+was visible, however--a narrow country road, running at right angles to
+the direction from which the boys had come; and nailed to the fence was
+a sign post, inscribed in crooked black letters as follows:
+
+ To West Hill
+ 3 Miles.
+
+There was nothing for it but to go on, and that they did in a weary,
+dispirited manner.
+
+"The map can't be wrong," said Ned, "the trouble is that we veered a
+little too far south in our course. We'll make a nearer cut of it on the
+return trip. Walk a little faster, Clay; it will be a tight squeeze to
+reach camp by four o'clock."
+
+It wanted a little less than three hours to that time when the boys
+reached the little cluster of six houses which comprised West Hill. The
+signboard had probably told only half the truth in regard to
+distance--as country signboards usually do.
+
+The postoffice was, of course, combined with a produce store. At this
+time of day its only occupants were the proprietor and a grizzled old
+farmer puffing at a corncob pipe.
+
+The letters were soon mailed, and in response to Ned's inquiry he was
+handed a weighty hat box addressed to Randolph Moore, and a batch of
+half a dozen letters.
+
+"I'll bet a dollar that's a cake," said Clay. "It will tickle Randy."
+
+"It wouldn't tickle him if he had to carry it about nine miles," replied
+Ned ruefully, "and the box says 'handle with care,' too."
+
+However, the cake could not be left behind, and the boys agreed to carry
+it by turns.
+
+"How far is Otter Run from here in a straight line?" inquired Ned of the
+storekeeper.
+
+"'Bout eleven mile," was the reply. "Ain't that kerect, Bowser?"
+
+"It's mor'n that by road," said the old farmer, taking his pipe from his
+lips. "It's a good thirteen mile to Tanner's Dam, an' the run comes in
+just below the mill race."
+
+The boys exchanged glances of dismay.
+
+"That map fooled me after all," muttered Ned. "The camp can't be
+anywhere near Otter Run."
+
+He then explained the situation to the two men, describing as minutely
+as possible the location of the camp. Both wagged their heads dubiously.
+
+"I can't fix it to a sartainty," said the storekeeper.
+
+"Nor kin I," observed Mr. Bowser. "There air heaps of jest sich runs,
+an' high hills an' bits of bad water--same as you chaps tell about."
+
+It was evident that no positive information could be obtained, so the
+boys said "good day," and left the store.
+
+"Under the circumstances we won't risk making a bee line for camp," said
+Ned. "If we had any landmarks to go by it would be different."
+
+"Then must we go back the way we came?" asked Clay.
+
+"Exactly; we have nine weary miles to tramp. I'm sorry, but it can't be
+helped. Just think of a good supper and a snug bed, Clay, and you won't
+mind the distance so much."
+
+"It's this confounded box that worries me," muttered Clay. "I believe
+I'd sooner carry a feather bed. The crazy thing jerks when I stick it
+under one arm, and if I hug it to my breast it hits me on the chin every
+few seconds. It's so heavy that the cords cut my hand if I try to carry
+it that way. I wish I could balance it on my head."
+
+Clay did not exaggerate the perverse and obstinate nature of that hat
+box. It changed bearers no less than six times before the mendacious
+signpost was reached, and then its victims were so exhausted that they
+had to lie down on the grass and rest.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+SEARCHING FOR THE CAMP
+
+
+It was already past three o'clock when the boys resumed their tramp,
+abandoning the road and heading across country along the same course by
+which they had come.
+
+For the first two or three miles they did not pay any special attention
+to the scenery around them; they were kept busy climbing fences and
+hills, and taking care of the refractory cake box, which became more and
+more of a burden every moment. Finally as they were descending a long
+wooded slope, Ned was amazed to discover that the mountains, instead of
+being straight ahead, lay off to the right.
+
+"That's a funny mistake," he said. "I wonder how long we have been
+moving parallel with the creek instead of toward it? Some of those snaky
+ravines we passed through must have turned us around without our knowing
+it."
+
+"I hope we haven't lost the path," returned Clay. "Nothing about here
+looks familiar to me, but then I didn't pay much attention to the
+scenery this morning."
+
+"Neither did I," replied Ned uneasily, "and I'm afraid that's just where
+we made a big mistake. If we had only noted some landmarks as we came
+along, we would not be in this fix now. It really is a pretty serious
+fix, Clay. You see we can't tell how long we have been traveling in this
+wrong direction. The only thing we can do now is to head straight for
+the mountains, and run the chances of striking the creek in the vicinity
+of the camp."
+
+"That's true," assented Clay. "I hope we'll reach it before dark. Randy
+and Nugget will be pretty badly scared if we don't."
+
+They started off again, headed this time in the proper direction. Of
+course the mountains were visible only at rare intervals, and this added
+to the perplexity of the situation, since it is very difficult to keep
+on a straight line unless some guiding point is constantly in view.
+
+It was soon evident that the boys were far astray from the path they had
+followed that morning. The country was more lonely and rugged--a
+continual succession of steep hills and dense bits of forest. Few
+farmhouses were visible, and those only at a distance.
+
+The sun sank lower and lower as they trudged wearily along. The many
+miles already covered that day were beginning to tell on them severely.
+They were hungry, too, having eaten nothing since breakfast.
+
+"I wish we had bought some crackers and cheese at the store," said Ned;
+"I thought about it when we were nearly a mile away, but it was too late
+then to go back."
+
+"We have Randy's cake," replied Clay. "I'm going to break into it if we
+don't soon reach camp. I don't remember when I was so hungry as I am
+now."
+
+"Wait a little while," said Ned. "The creek surely can't be far away.
+The chances are that it lies beyond that next hill."
+
+The hill to which he had reference was a good half mile distant, and the
+pine trees on its crest loomed sharply against the blue sky. Ere
+reaching it the boys were destined to be deprived of their burden in a
+very aggravating manner--and just when they had begun to appreciate its
+value as a means of satisfying their hunger.
+
+As they emerged from a copse of hazel bushes on a narrow country road, a
+big black dog bounded from the step of a little cabin a few yards away,
+and came at them in a most ferocious manner. The boys darted across the
+road and into a clover field through a broken place in the fence.
+
+The dog followed, paying not the least attention to the loud commands of
+a woman who stood in the cabin door. When Ned wheeled around the brute
+was within a dozen feet of him, growling savagely, showing his fangs and
+teeth, and coming on at a pace which meant business.
+
+Shouting had no effect whatever, and as not a stick or a stone was
+within reach, the boy's situation was far from pleasant. But he had the
+cake box in his arms, and on the impulse of the moment he lifted it over
+his head with both hands and dashed it with all his might at the
+advancing brute.
+
+It struck him fairly on the nose, breaking open with the force of the
+blow, and turning the angry snarls into a shrill yelp of pain. Ned did
+not wait to see the result, but dashed across the field to overtake
+Clay.
+
+When they turned and looked back from a safe distance, the dog was
+greedily devouring the broken cake.
+
+"We won't be troubled with that any more," said Ned. "I had to do it, or
+the brute would have bitten me. I don't think Randy will blame me much."
+
+"It means good-by to our supper though," replied Clay, "and from the way
+that dog eats, his appetite won't be more than half satisfied when he
+finishes the cake. We had better be moving on."
+
+This was prudent advice, and the boys made quick time across the field,
+not feeling thoroughly safe until they were in the shelter of the woods.
+The ground now began to ascend, and a few moments later they gained the
+top of the hill and saw the silvery thread of the creek shining far
+below them.
+
+It took some time to descend, owing to the steepness of the slope, and
+the rocks and bushes that obstructed the way. When they finally reached
+the water's edge the duskiness of twilight had come, and they knew that
+darkness would follow in a short time.
+
+"I haven't the faintest idea where we are," said Ned uneasily; "of
+course we are above the camp, no doubt of that; but just how far, is the
+important question. I feel like kicking myself for making that awful
+blunder to-day. It would be a nice thing if we had to tramp all night."
+
+"You don't think the camp is that far away?" exclaimed Clay in alarm.
+
+"Oh, no," replied Ned reassuringly. "We'll probably strike it before
+long. The only thing we can do is to follow the creek until we reach
+it."
+
+Ned's words were far from expressing what was really in his mind. He
+knew that the camp might be very close in a straight line, and yet miles
+away by the tortuous windings of the creek. And the latter was the only
+possible course to take. If they attempted the former they would almost
+certainly become hopelessly lost.
+
+It was soon evident that the worst might be expected. In the deepening
+gloom the boys hurried along the shore as fast as their weary feet would
+take them. Then the blackness of the night settled down on the water and
+the forests, and they were compelled to move cautiously; for trees and
+bushes were thick, and here and there a ravine had to be crossed, or a
+brawling stream.
+
+Ned bravely kept up his spirits, and did his best to cheer Clay.
+
+"It can't be much farther," he would say now and then; "keep your ears
+open for the roar of those rapids. That will tell us when we are near
+camp."
+
+But the night lengthened without bringing the welcome sound, and at last
+the boys found their progress abruptly barred by a steep bluff that fell
+abruptly into the water. It was not the hill that lay in the vicinity of
+camp, else the rapids could surely have been heard. The night was very
+still, except for an occasional noise in the forest that made the boys
+start.
+
+They were confronted now by two equally unpleasant alternatives--either
+to remain where they were until morning, or to make a detour around the
+hill, and try to reach the creek on the lower side.
+
+They chose the latter, and started up through the woods hand in hand.
+They might have foreseen what would happen. The night was very dark, and
+after floundering about through the bushes they became hopelessly lost,
+and knew not which way to turn in search of the creek.
+
+Clay was quite in despair, but Ned persuaded him to move on, and after
+tramping for ten or fifteen minutes without the least idea which way
+they were headed, they reached a fence that separated the woods from an
+open field. As they mounted the top bar and perched themselves there for
+a short rest, Ned uttered a cry of delight, and pointed out a flickering
+yellow gleam far across the field.
+
+"Hurrah! that must be the camp," exclaimed Clay, springing impetuously
+from the fence. "Come on; let's run for it. I don't feel a bit tired
+now."
+
+"Not too fast," cried Ned warningly. "You're jumping at a rash
+conclusion now, Clay. That light is in the window of some farmhouse. It
+stands to reason that it can't be at our camp."
+
+Clay stopped and retraced his steps.
+
+"I was dead sure it was the campfire," he said dismally. "I thought our
+troubles were over."
+
+"Perhaps they are," replied Ned slowly. "We'll go up to that farmhouse
+and find out exactly how the land lies. If the camp is not far off,
+we'll borrow a lantern and push on--otherwise we'll ask for a place to
+sleep until morning."
+
+This arrangement was thoroughly satisfactory to Clay, and the boys
+started briskly across the field. They found an orchard at the farther
+end, and after passing through this and rounding the corner of the barn,
+they saw the house in front of them.
+
+It stood in a good sized yard inclosed by a picket fence. The light was
+in one of the upper front rooms, where some late retiring member of the
+family was no doubt preparing for bed.
+
+"It won't do to make any racket," said Ned, "because there may be a dog
+around. We'll go quietly in and rap on the door."
+
+The boys softly opened the gate and entered the yard. In spite of the
+utmost caution their feet made a crunching noise on the gravel path, and
+the consequence was that before they were half way to the house a dog
+began to bark furiously. Worse still, the sound came from between them
+and the fence, so that escape was cut off.
+
+"This way," cried Ned, dashing toward the corner of the house. "We may
+find shelter in the outbuildings."
+
+He had taken but a dozen steps when his feet clattered on some loose
+boards. These gave way with a crash, and after a brief drop through
+empty space, he plunged into ice cold water, going clear under the
+surface.
+
+The noise of the splitting wood that followed warned Clay of his danger.
+He stood stock still, trembling in every limb.
+
+The dog did not appear to be coming any nearer, and his shrill barking
+was now mingled with the clank of chains. All at once Clay comprehended
+the situation. The brute was fastened to his kennel somewhere near the
+gate, and was therefore powerless to do harm.
+
+Clay's presence of mind quickly returned. He drew a match from his
+pocket and struck it on his shoe just as a feeble cry for help came
+apparently from the bowels of the earth.
+
+As the blaze flared up Clay saw the partially covered mouth of a well
+just in front of him. The gap between the planking showed where Ned had
+fallen through.
+
+Clay was terribly alarmed, but he had sufficient presence of mind to
+kneel beside the orifice and hold the match down.
+
+"Are you hurt, Ned?" he cried huskily. "Can you hold out for a moment or
+two?"
+
+"I'm all right so far," came the reply in a feeble, chattering voice. "I
+can't stand it long, though. The water is over my head, and I'm holding
+on to the cracks in the wall. Waken the family, quick!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+OVER THE CLIFF
+
+
+Ned's last injunction was quite unnecessary. The loud outcry of the dog
+had already roused the family.
+
+Heads were poked from two or three windows, and a shrill feminine voice
+was shouting: "Get the gun, pap, get the gun!"
+
+Meanwhile Clay continued to call for help at the top of his voice,
+finally drowning out the ferocious barking of the dog, and after what
+seemed an interminable length of time the door of the house opened and
+the farmer appeared on the threshold, attired in shirt and trousers.
+
+He had a gun in one hand and a candle in the other. Behind him were two
+good sized lads armed with clubs, while the flutter of a petticoat was
+visible on the stairway.
+
+"Hurry! hurry!" cried Clay. "There's some one down the well."
+
+The farmer crossed the yard with provoking calmness, holding his gun
+ready for use.
+
+"Why, it's only a boy!" he exclaimed, on catching sight of Clay. "What
+are you doing here, you young rascal?"
+
+"Don't stop to ask questions now," implored Clay. "Get my friend out of
+the well, or he will be drowned."
+
+The farmer uttered an exclamation, and peeped through the broken boards.
+Then he seized the bucket that was suspended by a windlass over the well
+and quickly lowered it.
+
+"Catch hold down there," he shouted gruffly.
+
+"All right, go ahead," came the sepulchral response, a moment later.
+
+The farmer and his two sons threw their weight on the handle of the
+windlass, and after considerable creaking and groaning Ned was brought
+to the surface and helped out on the ground. His face and hands were
+blue and his teeth chattered violently.
+
+"Bring the poor fellow right in," called the farmer's wife from the
+porch, where she had witnessed the whole affair. "I'll go light the
+fire."
+
+"The rascal don't deserve it," muttered the farmer, but nevertheless he
+led the boys into the house, and thence to a large room containing a
+stove, a table, a huge settee and half a dozen chairs. A lamp was
+burning on the mantel, and a pleasant faced old lady was bustling about
+the stove.
+
+Ned's wet clothes were quickly stripped off, and he was rolled in
+blankets and made to lie down on the settee. Presently the old lady
+brought him a bowl of steaming camomile tea, and after he had swallowed
+most of the nauseous mixture he began to feel quite himself again. Then,
+seeing that the farmer was suspicious and anxious for an explanation,
+he insisted on talking, and related the whole story in such a clear and
+concise manner that his hearers were thoroughly convinced.
+
+The farmer thawed out, and showed himself in his true colors--a genial,
+kind-hearted old man. He told the boys his name was Adam Plunkett, and
+laughingly apologized for mistaking them for thieves.
+
+When Mrs. Plunkett heard that they had eaten nothing since breakfast she
+immediately began to set the table--in spite of the fact that it was
+then half past ten o'clock. Ned refused to be treated as an invalid any
+longer, so Mr. Plunkett gave him a suit of clothes to wear while his own
+were drying.
+
+The food was soon ready, and the famished boys did it full justice.
+
+"I reckon you'll want to go to bed now," said Mr. Plunkett; "you must be
+worn out after all that tramp. In the morning I'll tell you how to find
+your camp. I recognize the place from your description. It's about five
+miles and a half from here by road, and a good bit further by the
+creek."
+
+The boys gasped with amazement. It was hard to realize that they had
+strayed so far out of their way.
+
+"I'm afraid our companions will be greatly worried," said Ned. "That's
+all I'm thinking about."
+
+"A little worry won't hurt 'em," asserted Mr. Plunkett cheerfully.
+"It'll do 'em good, and make them more glad to see you in the morning."
+
+This bit of philosophy had its effect on the boys, and the last trace
+of anxiety vanished when their host conducted them to the room they were
+to occupy. It was the typical country "spare bed-chamber." Home spun
+carpet covered the floor, and on the walls were cardboard mottoes in
+walnut frames, a sampler yellow with age, and portraits of George and
+Martha Washington. The bed was a huge four poster, and stood so high
+that the boys had to give a spring in order to climb in.
+
+They fell asleep almost instantly, and found it difficult to get up in
+the morning when the farmer banged on the door with his heavy fist.
+
+Mrs. Plunkett had a delicious breakfast ready when the boys came down
+stairs, and after they had eaten their fill the farmer carefully
+instructed them how to reach their camp--or rather how to reach a
+certain point on the creek which was less than a quarter of a mile above
+the rapids.
+
+The boys had read the character of their hosts sufficiently well to know
+that it would be regarded as an insult if they should offer them money.
+So they thanked them profusely for their generous treatment, and said
+"good-by," promising to stop if they ever chanced to be in that vicinity
+again.
+
+After a good sleep and a good breakfast the five mile walk was a trifle
+to the boys. They had no difficulty in following the directions, and
+about half past ten o'clock they turned aside from the road and entered
+a piece of woods.
+
+Ten minutes later they stood on the bank of the creek, listening to the
+familiar sound of the rapids below them. The steep hill began at this
+point, making it impossible to follow the shore, so they began the
+ascent and reached the crest after a pretty stiff climb. The camp was
+now directly opposite, though entirely concealed by the huge shellbark
+trees.
+
+"Let's give them the yell," said Ned. He placed his hand to his mouth
+and uttered a regular Indian war whoop that woke the echoes for a long
+distance. Clay did the same, and they both stopped to listen.
+
+A minute went by in silence, and then another. No glad shout of welcome
+rang out from the trees. No graceful canoe parted the fringe of bushes
+that concealed the mouth of the run.
+
+What was the matter? Were the boys sleeping so soundly that the signal
+could not rouse them? This seemed the only possible explanation, so Clay
+and Ned shouted more vigorously than ever, and kept it up until they
+were hoarse.
+
+Not a sound came back. The silence of the morning was absolutely
+unbroken.
+
+The boys looked at each other with pale and frightened faces. They dared
+not even whisper the terrible thoughts that were in their minds. Then,
+by tacit consent, they scrambled down the ragged face of the hill, and
+at great peril to life and limb gained the bottom in three or four
+minutes.
+
+They partly undressed to wade to the gravel bar, for the water was more
+than waist deep. Here they stopped a moment to put on their clothes, and
+then, with trousers rolled high up, they waded to the mouth of the
+stream, and pushed eagerly through the screen of bushes.
+
+The scene that met their gaze filled them with dread and amazement. _The
+glade was deserted. Every vestige of the camp had disappeared._
+
+For a moment the boys could scarcely believe the evidence of their own
+eyes. They hurried forward and inspected every foot of the ground.
+
+Absolutely nothing had been left behind. The downtrodden grass, where
+the tent had stood, was the only evidence to show that a camp had
+recently been here.
+
+"This is a bigger mystery than I can see through," said Ned as he bent
+over the blackened stones of the fireplace. "The boys must have left
+here some time yesterday, for these ashes are cold. It looks as though
+they had to leave in a hurry, too, for if they had any time to spare
+they would surely have placed a message where we could see it. I have
+examined all the trees and bushes, and there is no sign of any."
+
+"It's a bad business," replied Clay. "The boys would not have broken
+camp without some cause. I only hope that Bug Batters and his companions
+had nothing to do with it."
+
+The same fear was in Ned's mind just then, and it was very natural that
+it should be. How else could the disappearance of the boys be accounted
+for?
+
+"We can't tell anything about it," he answered evasively, "and it would
+be very foolish to jump at the worst conclusions. It will be our best
+plan to start down the creek at once, and I have no doubt we'll find the
+camp before very long. It's not at all likely the boys have moved far
+away."
+
+"But they may have concealed themselves somewhere," said Clay, "and
+besides we don't know which bank they are on."
+
+"We'll keep a sharp lookout on both sides," replied Ned. "If we shout
+every now and then I don't think we can miss them. We had better start
+right away. I'm getting tired of wandering about the country in this
+fashion. It will feel awfully good to climb in a canoe again."
+
+Clay warmly assented to this, and after a last lingering glance at the
+shady thickets and the eddying surface of the pool, the boys plodded off
+through the woods.
+
+For a time they experienced no difficulty in following the edge of the
+creek, and thus scrutinizing the opposite shore as well as the one they
+were on. Occasionally they shouted; first at rare intervals, then more
+frequently as they advanced farther along the creek.
+
+At the expiration of an hour and a half they had traveled three or four
+miles, and rounded a couple of large bends without getting any response
+to their calls, or finding the least trace of the missing boys.
+
+Then a precipitous hill blocked the way, extending a considerable
+distance along the creek, and leading sheer to the water from a
+variable height of forty to sixty feet.
+
+"No use in going around it, Ned. We'll follow the crest so we can watch
+the opposite shore."
+
+They easily gained the summit, and found a sort of open path between the
+edge of the thick pine forest and the verge of the cliff. It was half a
+dozen feet wide and had quite a downward slope. There was quite an
+element of danger connected with the ascent, since it was slippery with
+a coating of pine needles. The boys did not think of this, however. Of
+course they kept close to the trees, but as their gaze was fixed on the
+opposite shore, which was in plain view far below them, they could not
+pick out their footing as carefully as they should have done.
+
+Pine needles are treacherous things, even on level ground, and when Clay
+happened to step on a particularly thick bunch his foot slipped and he
+was thrown quickly on his side. Before he could realize his danger he
+slid to the verge of the precipice--where there was nothing to stop
+him--and vanished from sight.
+
+Ned was horror stricken, and had to clutch the nearest tree for support.
+Half a dozen seconds passed, but the splash that he dreaded to hear did
+not come. Then he made his way cautiously to a rock that jutted from the
+cliff half a dozen-feet from where Clay had fallen. Ned threw himself
+flat on his breast and peered down.
+
+Clay was twenty feet below him clinging to a bunch of stout bushes that
+grew in a crevice of the cliff. His feet rested on a tiny ledge no more
+than six inches wide, and below him was a clear drop of thirty feet to
+the dark surface of the creek.
+
+Ned realized his utter inability to render aid, and his agony found vent
+in a sharp cry.
+
+Clay turned a white, pitiful face upward.
+
+"You can't help me," he gasped hoarsely. "The bushes are tearing loose.
+If the water is deep I stand a chance. Try to get--"
+
+His feeble voice was smothered by a sharp ripping noise, and the next
+instant he plunged downward, attended by a shower of dirt and stones.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+WHAT CLAY SHOT
+
+
+We must now take the reader back to the previous morning, and see what
+befell Randy and Nugget after their companions had started for West
+Hill. Nugget amused himself until dinner time by fishing at the mouth of
+the run, and caught a number of sunfish and chubs.
+
+When he returned Randy had just finished entering the events of the
+cruise in the log book. Then they started in to get dinner, and Randy
+proved himself no novice in culinary affairs by frying a delicious
+panful of fish and boiling some excellent coffee.
+
+The distasteful work of washing the dishes was duly performed, and then
+they began to consider what they should do next. Randy wanted to go away
+up the stream for trout, but Nugget was unwilling to trust himself in
+the woods after his experience of the previous evening, and was equally
+determined not to remain alone in camp.
+
+This obstinate conduct roused Randy's temper, and indications pointed a
+lively quarrel.
+
+"I never saw such a coward," he exclaimed angrily. "You're a nice fellow
+to go on a canoe trip, I must say."
+
+"I'm not a coward," returned Nugget hotly. "I'm not afraid of you,
+anyhow, and if you call me any more names I'll show you something."
+
+Randy laughed scornfully, and was about to make a bitter reply when a
+trampling noise was heard in the woods behind the tent, followed by a
+violent agitation of the bushes. A few seconds later a big brindle cow
+appeared on the scene, followed by a small boy shouting "Hi! hi!" at the
+top of his voice.
+
+The cow was evidently in no mood to listen to argument; she pranced at
+the tent with lowered horns, knocked it flat, and trampled with dirty
+hoofs over the clean canvas.
+
+Then she rushed at Nugget with a vicious bellow, and after pursuing him
+a few yards in the direction of the creek, she suddenly changed her
+mind, and charged on Randy and the small boy, who were standing by the
+edge of the pool. The latter escaped by dodging nimbly to one side, but
+Randy was not agile enough, and as the cow brushed by him her revolving
+tail lashed him smartly over the face, and tumbled him into the pool.
+
+He emerged dripping wet, and mad as a hornet, just in time to see the
+cow retreating in the direction she had come, with the small boy in
+pursuit.
+
+"Look here," cried Randy, "what do you mean by letting a vicious animal
+like that run loose? Look at that tent, and look at the condition I'm
+in. For half a cent I'd get my gun and shoot the brute."
+
+The boy stopped at the edge of the bushes and looked back. He was quite
+a little fellow, with sunburned legs and face.
+
+"That cow has more right here than you-uns," he said sullenly. "My uncle
+Dan owns this land. He knows you-uns are here, and he's comin' down
+pretty soon, too. He says you-uns will be sorry you shot that calf afore
+he gits done with you."
+
+Randy stared at the lad in amazement, and then a sudden light broke on
+his mind.
+
+"That explains the bear story," he muttered, and then added to Nugget,
+who had just ventured to come forward: "You fellows have got us in a
+pretty mess. It was a calf that Clay shot last night. I'm glad it's not
+my fault this time."
+
+"A calf!" exclaimed Nugget. "I don't see how it can be possible. It had
+shiny eyes."
+
+"The calf was shot, anyhow," said the boy. "It got astray yesterday
+afternoon, and our hired man found it this morning. It ain't hurt very
+bad, an Uncle Dan thinks it'll get well. That's the reason the cow is so
+cross, 'cause she can't have the calf with her. She broke the fence down
+this morning an' got into the woods. I'll have a hard time gittin' her
+home again."
+
+"You say your uncle is cross about the calf?" asked Randy.
+
+"He's hoppin' mad," said the boy. "He's going to give you all a
+lickin', an' then hev you locked up for trespassin'."
+
+"But suppose we explain to him that it was all a mistake, and offer to
+pay the damages," continued Randy, "wouldn't that satisfy him?"
+
+The boy shook his head.
+
+"Uncle Dan ain't that kind. When he gets mad nobody kin stop him, I
+reckon he'll lick you chaps pretty hard."
+
+"I reckon he won't," said Randy, decisively. "Not if we know ourselves.
+Pitch in and help, Nugget; we must light out of this as quick as
+possible."
+
+Nugget was only too willing to lend his aid, and the tent was speedily
+rolled up, and deposited in the cockpit of the Pioneer, where it
+belonged.
+
+"Uncle Dan may be here any minute," said the boy. "You-uns had better
+wait."
+
+"Say, you'd like to see us licked, wouldn't you?" inquired Randy. "I'm
+sorry we can't oblige you by staying. Here is a dollar for your uncle to
+square up the damage to the calf. Just say to him that it was a mistake,
+and that he needn't come after us, because we are going straight through
+to Harrisburg."
+
+The lad pocketed the money, and after looking on for a little while in
+silence he went away to hunt the refractory cow.
+
+The boys worked with feverish energy--not forgetting to keep a sharp eye
+on the woods--and in scarcely more time than it takes to tell everything
+was in the canoes.
+
+"It goes hard to leave here," said Randy, "but it can't be helped. It
+would be a nice ending to the canoe trip if we got locked up for
+trespassing. I hope the dollar will satisfy that man."
+
+"What are we going to do about Ned and Clay?" asked Nugget.
+
+"I'll attend to that," replied Randy, as he stepped into the Water
+Sprite and tied its stern to the bow of the Pioneer.
+
+The other two canoes were arranged in the same way, and then the boys
+paddled quickly out of the stream.
+
+They first crossed to the other side of the creek, where Randy wrote a
+short explanatory note for Ned and Clay, instructing them to follow the
+creek down about three or four miles.
+
+"It won't be safe for us to stop short of that distance," he remarked as
+he pinned the big white document to a tree at the base of the hill.
+
+"The boys can't miss this when they come down to the water. They ought
+to be here in about two hours."
+
+Having arranged their means of communication, Randy climbed back into
+the canoe, and led the way down stream. Progress was necessarily
+tedious, since the current was sluggish, and each had an additional
+canoe in tow. They felt more at ease when they had passed round the
+first bend, and after paddling for two or three miles--as nearly as
+could be judged--they began to search for a good camping place.
+
+They did not find one that suited their requirements for some time, but
+finally, while drifting along the base of a precipitous cliff, they came
+to a good sized cleft or hollow. It was half a dozen yards wide. It
+sloped gradually upward, narrowing as it went, until it terminated in a
+ravine which seemed to continue on to the top of the hill.
+
+The beach was hard and stony ground, with a few stunted bushes, but
+there was ample room for a tent, and moreover on each side was a sheer
+wall of rock towering forty feet in the air.
+
+The boys landed, and with much difficulty dragged the canoes out of the
+water.
+
+"This place just suits us," said Randy. "There is no danger of the
+farmer finding us here, if we _are_ on his side of the creek. And we
+need not be afraid to keep a fire going, because these rocks will shut
+out the light."
+
+It was now half past four o'clock, and when the tent had been pitched--a
+difficult piece of work for two persons--and the canoes unloaded, the
+boys began to prepare a good supper in readiness for Ned and Clay.
+
+Six o'clock came, and then seven, but the anxiously expected ones did
+not appear on the other side of the creek.
+
+Randy and Nugget were too hungry to wait any longer, so they ate their
+supper by twilight. When it grew a little darker they built a roaring
+fire at the edge of the water. There was an abundance of driftwood
+farther up the slope, which had been left there at various times by the
+high water.
+
+When nine o'clock came the boys were seriously alarmed, and all sorts of
+dreadful possibilities occurred to them. They found it impossible to
+sleep, and all through the long hours of that night they sat about the
+fire, constantly piling on wood, and keeping a huge blaze going to guide
+the missing ones to the camp.
+
+The first glimmer of dawn found them worn out by sleeplessness and
+despair. It was impossible to maintain their vigil any longer, so they
+stuck the pennant in the sand close to the edge of the water, and
+crawling into the tent, went to sleep side by side.
+
+A cannon shot could hardly have wakened them then. The sun rose higher
+and higher until its direct rays beat fiercely down upon the tent from a
+cloudless sky above, but still they slumbered on.
+
+The heat finally became intolerable, and Randy turned drowsily over and
+opened his eyes. As he sat up with an effort, struggling to clear his
+mind, he heard a tremendous splash, and then a loud, shrill cry.
+
+He was thoroughly awake now, and jerking Nugget to an upright position,
+he turned and ran out of the tent. He gained the shore and looked up
+stream.
+
+A thick mass of bushes was drifting leisurely along the base of the
+cliff a dozen feet above, and something behind it--as yet invisible--was
+making a great commotion in the water.
+
+Then a head appeared, and a pair of struggling arms, and to his joy and
+amazement Randy recognized Clay. The lad's strength barely sufficed to
+reach the shore, and Randy helped him out on land just as Nugget came
+running from the tent.
+
+Clay staggered up the slope and dropped down in the bushes.
+
+"I fell off the cliff," he stammered with chattering teeth. "Ned is up
+there; call to him."
+
+Randy and Nugget shouted with all their might, and a reply was heard
+instantly. Then Ned appeared far up on the cliff and waved his hand. He
+vanished at once, and a moment later came impetuously down the ravine,
+leaping rocks and bushes in his haste.
+
+His face was paler than the boys had ever seen it, and tears stood in
+his eyes. He hurriedly clasped hands with Randy and Nugget, and
+approached Clay.
+
+"Are you hurt, old fellow?" he asked huskily. "That was a wonderful
+escape. I thought it was all up with you."
+
+Clay smiled faintly.
+
+"I'll be all right in a little while. I'm suffering from the shock,
+that's all. I don't think there is a bruise on me."
+
+A fire was quickly made, while Ned explained to his companions the
+catastrophe that had happened on the cliff. Then Clay was stripped and
+rubbed down with a coarse towel, and after his dry clothes were on he
+declared he felt as well as ever.
+
+A good dinner was prepared, and when all were seated around the flat
+rock that served for a table, Ned produced the packet of letters and
+gave a minute account of the wanderings and adventures which it had cost
+to obtain them. The story of Randy's cake provoked much laughter, and
+Randy assured Ned that he had done the proper thing under the
+circumstances.
+
+Then the other side of the story was told, and listened to with even
+greater interest. Clay was chaffed unmercifully about the calf, and
+Nugget also came in for a goodly share of ridicule.
+
+The failure of the boys to find Randy's letter was a mystery at first,
+but Ned finally suggested that it had been blown into the water, which
+was no doubt the case.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+CAUGHT IN THE WHIRLPOOL
+
+
+About three o'clock the boys broke camp. They were now thoroughly
+rested, and eager to be on the water again. Moreover the cleft among the
+rocks--though admirably adapted for a hiding place--had none of the
+qualifications which a good camping site should possess.
+
+A paddle of two miles brought the party to Tanner's Dam, and when they
+had carried the canoes around and embarked on the lower side they passed
+the mouth of the real Otter Run. This enabled Ned to fix their bearings
+definitely on the map, and he resolved to keep close track of the
+topography of the creek in the future.
+
+About six o'clock a beautiful place to camp was found on the left shore
+of the creek; shade was abundant, and the soil was level and grassy. A
+few yards up the beach a spring bubbled and spurted from a nest of
+rocks.
+
+As the boys landed a flock of wild ducks flew up with a great splashing,
+and winged their way down the creek. Along the opposite shore, which was
+flat and marshy, yellow-legged snipe were running to and fro, a couple
+of gray herons standing contentedly on one leg, were gobbling minnows
+from the shallow pools.
+
+This was now Thursday evening. It would be a week on the morrow since
+the Jolly Rovers had started on their cruise. They were so pleased with
+the location of the camp, and the opportunities it seemed to offer that
+they concluded to remain for a while, and here they spent Friday,
+Saturday, Sunday and Monday.
+
+The keen and peaceful enjoyments of those four days were in vivid
+contrast to the turbulent, adventurous life the boys had led during the
+past week. They looked back upon it afterward as the brightest period of
+their cruise.
+
+Sunday was spent quietly in camp, but the remainder of the time was
+filled up with all sorts of occupations. Randy shot numerous snipe and
+woodcock. Clay and Nugget gave their attention to fishing, and caught
+altogether some thirty or forty large bass--not counting the trout which
+they snared in a neighboring brook.
+
+Ned found his keenest enjoyment in wandering over the country from
+farmhouse to farmhouse and bringing back tempting supplies. He was a
+born forager, and well understood the art of making bargains with the
+farmers.
+
+The boys lived on the fat of the land, and at very slight cost. The diet
+of fish and game was constantly varied by green corn, new potatoes,
+sometimes peaches or melons, and occasionally a plump duck or chicken.
+Only on one day did it rain, and this merely served to make the fish
+bite better.
+
+But each and every one of the Jolly Rovers had the true instinct of the
+canoeist, and when Monday's sun dropped redly behind the hills they were
+eager to start afresh on their wanderings. Their arms tingled to grasp
+the paddle and drive the graceful canoe over the blue water; they longed
+to explore the great unknown territory that lay in front of them, to
+seek new camping grounds and new adventures.
+
+At eight o'clock on Tuesday morning the crimson and gold pennant stood
+stiffly against the breeze as it led the little fleet from the spot
+where so many happy hours had been spent.
+
+It was a glorious day--a day when all living things should have been
+happy. So it seemed to the boys as they paddled lazily down mid-channel
+with the slanting sunbeams on their bronzed and radiant faces.
+
+But the business of life went on just the same around them. The hungry
+bass with his piratical black fin just cutting the surface, scattered
+the shoals of minnows, and sadly lessened their numbers. The kingfisher
+scooped occasionally from his perch to return with a shining morsel, and
+the gray heron stalked among the pools like a duck on stilts, searching
+the muddy bottom for tender young frogs.
+
+Back in the forest the crows and the blue jays were waging a bitter
+squallish conflict, and here and there weary toilers among the yellow
+grain dropped their scythes to watch the canoes drifting by.
+
+But the problem of life cast no shadow on the Jolly Rovers, and they
+paddled on contentedly, finding something new to admire every few
+minutes.
+
+Nugget was more than usually happy that morning. The past few days had
+taught him the bright side of canoeing, and he fondly hoped to find the
+future just as smooth and free from snags.
+
+He was dipping his paddle from side to side in a leisurely way when his
+eyes chanced to rest on the bottom of the cockpit. Right between his
+knees was a flat little head with two bead-like eyes and a red tongue
+that darted quickly in and out. Attached to the head was a long
+gracefully coiled body, mottled like the skin of a brook trout.
+
+The yell that burst from Nugget's lips would have done credit to a Sioux
+warrior. It scared the snake half out of its wits, and the reptile
+wriggled under the bottom board.
+
+"Help! Murder! Snakes!" roared Nugget, partly rising and clutching the
+combing with both hands. "Help me, help me! I'll be bitten. I'll die."
+
+"Where is it?" cried Ned, paddling alongside.
+
+"Stamp on it," shouted Randy. "Throw it out and I'll shoot it."
+
+Nugget only yelled the more and shook the canoe so violently by his
+antics that it threatened to tip over.
+
+"Be careful," Ned warned him. "You will upset. Paddle to shore and we'll
+take the snake out for you."
+
+"I can't, I can't," shrieked Nugget. "My paddle fell overboard. There it
+goes."
+
+Ned and Clay started simultaneously for the drifting paddle, but they
+had hardly taken a dozen strokes when the snake thrust his head out of a
+crevice in the bottom boards.
+
+This proved too much for Nugget. Uttering yell after yell he sprang to
+his feet and tried to climb out on the foredeck of the canoe. The Imp
+refused to stand such treatment, and tipped over instantly, throwing
+Nugget head first into the water.
+
+Fortunately the creek was shallow at this point, and after going under a
+couple of times, and swallowing a quantity of water--owing to his
+persistent yelling--Nugget gained a foothold without the aid of his
+friends, and waded shoulder deep for the nearest shore.
+
+Amid all the confusion the snake escaped in some manner from the
+overturned canoe, and swam rapidly down stream. Ned and Clay went in
+pursuit, but the reptile was too swift for them, and safely gained a
+patch of reeds.
+
+The Imp was quickly righted and towed to shore. The contents were little
+damaged, and Nugget made haste to change his clothes.
+
+"I'd like to know how that snake got in my canoe," he said angrily. "It
+was a beastly mean trick."
+
+"I don't believe it was a trick at all," exclaimed Ned laughingly. "The
+snake must have crawled in when the canoe was lying on shore, bottom up.
+It no doubt thought it had found a nice snug place to live."
+
+"That's the way it happened, of course," said Randy. "No one would have
+been mean enough to put it in on purpose."
+
+Clay said nothing, but turned abruptly aside and began to busy himself
+with his canoe.
+
+The delay was of brief duration, and the Jolly Rovers were soon afloat
+again. Nugget had stretched his wet clothes across the fore and rear
+deck of his canoe, so that the sun would quickly dry them.
+
+About noon, while the boys were paddling through a deep and narrow part
+of the creek, Ned called attention to a bunch of ducks that were feeding
+in the reeds some distance down the right shore. All eyes were turned in
+that direction, and consequently no one happened to glance toward the
+opposite bank.
+
+Clay had fallen a little behind his companions, and was three or four
+yards to the left of them. He was drifting along with his gaze fixed on
+the ducks, when all at once his canoe began to twist and oscillate in a
+most alarming manner.
+
+He turned quickly to see what was the matter, and the first glance sent
+a chill of fear to his heart. He was on the edge of a violently agitated
+patch of water that kept moving round and round in constantly narrowing
+circles until it ended in a funnel shaped aperture that went beneath the
+surface, and was itself whirling in dizzy revolutions.
+
+Even as he looked his canoe drifted into the second circle, and mounted
+toward a great rock fifty or sixty feet high that rose straight from the
+water on the left shore.
+
+Clay realized his situation instantly. He was caught in the whirlpool
+which some of the farmers had spoken about in a vague manner, as though
+they doubted its existence. There was no doubt about it now. The
+whirlpool was a stern reality, and he was fast in its embrace.
+
+Without calling his companions, Clay tried to paddle away from the
+circling current. But to his horror and consternation the canoe was
+unmanageable. The violent paddle strokes simply made it swing around on
+its keel.
+
+Then Clay became terribly frightened, and shouted for help. It was
+indeed high time. He had already drifted to the base of the rock where
+the whirlpool terminated, and was now swinging back toward the center of
+the creek.
+
+The appeal for help--though its meaning was not comprehended at
+first--brought the other boys to Clay's assistance. That is to say they
+paddled toward the dangerous spot and were within an ace of getting in
+the same fix, when Clay frantically warned them back.
+
+"Keep away! keep!" he shouted. "You must find some other way to help
+me."
+
+Ned was the first to grasp the situation. During the last few days he
+had heard more than one tale about this dreaded whirlpool with its
+merciless undertow, and now it made him sick and faint to see Clay's
+peril, and yet be unable to devise a way of helping him.
+
+For so it seemed then. It would be simple folly and madness for the
+others to trust themselves near the rapacious current; yet how else
+could help reach the imperiled lad?
+
+The whirlpool was thirty feet in diameter, and while Randy and Nugget
+were looking on with white, scared faces, and Ned was vainly trying to
+plan a means of rescue, Clay was slowly drifting around the circle,
+coming nearer each time to the gurgling funnel in the center--and this
+in spite of the most strenuous paddling. Each stroke, in fact, only
+deflected the canoe sideways, as though it had no keel, and increased
+the risk of upsetting.
+
+None realized the danger more than Clay himself and the horror of those
+few short minutes--they seemed more like hours--he never forgot.
+
+It was not likely of course that the heavy canoe could be dragged clear
+under water; the whirlpool was no such gigantic thing as that. But it
+was absolutely certain that when the canoe reached the funnel shaped
+aperture in the center it would instantly be overturned, and just as
+surely Clay would be sucked into the black depths below, and whirled off
+by the fierce undercurrent with no possible chance of reaching the
+surface.
+
+This was the awful fate that stared him in the face; and all that while
+he drifted nearer and nearer the end, crying vainly for help, and
+beating the frothy water with his paddle.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+RANDY'S PROPOSITION
+
+
+At the moment when Clay's situation seemed most hopeless--and while his
+horrified companions were looking on with the silence of despair--Nugget
+leaned forward in his canoe, opened the hatch, and drew out a big ball
+of cord.
+
+"Ned! Ned!" he shouted eagerly, "can you do anything with this outline?
+I forgot I had it."
+
+Ned's face flushed with joy, and paddling alongside of Nugget he
+snatched the cord.
+
+"Follow me to the shore," he cried, "and you too, Randy."
+
+An instant later the three lads were standing on the gravel beach,
+separated from the whirlpool by no less than sixty or seventy feet.
+
+Ned waved his hand to Clay, and shouted hoarsely: "Fight hard, old
+fellow! We'll save you in a minute."
+
+Then turning quickly to his companions he demanded: "How long is this
+line?"
+
+"One hundred and forty feet," answered Nugget. "The man I bought it from,
+said so."
+
+Ned tied the end of it to a ring in the stern of the Pioneer, and ran
+down the beach, unrolling the ball as he went. Sixty feet away he
+stopped and cut the cord, then he hurried back with the remainder in his
+hand. He tied a short stick to the end of the ball, and throwing both
+into his canoe scrambled after them.
+
+"Now you fellows keep tight hold of that," he directed, pointing to the
+cord that lay outstretched on the beach. "Pay it out as I go, and when I
+give the word pull with all your might."
+
+Randy and Nugget began to understand now, and they allowed the line to
+trail through their fingers as Ned paddled furiously away, heading for a
+point a little above the whirlpool.
+
+It was a critical and intensely exciting moment. Clay had divined what
+Ned intended to do, and with this gleam of hope to animate him, he was
+fighting desperately to keep away from the gurgling hollow which was
+slowly sucking him into its embrace.
+
+There was scant time to spare when Ned ceased paddling a few feet above
+and to the right of the whirlpool, and allowed the canoe to drift down
+stream broadside. But he was wonderfully cool headed and self-possessed,
+as, with deft fingers he unwrapped the ball of cord and coiled it
+between his knees. Then he twisted one end about his left hand, and with
+the right seized the short, heavy stick.
+
+He was now directly opposite Clay, and measuring the distance with a
+quick eye, he flung the stick straight out. It rose in the air, dragging
+the cord gracefully after it, and fell across the combing of Clay's
+canoe.
+
+Ned uttered a sigh of relief, and Randy and Nugget cheered wildly from
+the shore.
+
+But the danger was not over yet, though Clay had instantly seized the
+line. The canoe would upset at once if an attempt were made to drag it
+broadside out of the whirlpool.
+
+Clay comprehended this, and he was quick witted enough to solve the
+problem. Though his canoe was now verging on the trough of the
+whirlpool, he calmly tied the line around one blade of his paddle and
+pressed this with all his might against the big screw eye that was set
+in the bow of the canoe.
+
+"All right," he shouted hoarsely.
+
+Ned turned and waved his hand to Randy and Nugget. They understood the
+signal, and instantly began to haul on the line.
+
+The Pioneer moved slowly toward shore, and the next instant the strain
+reached Clay. It was concentrated in the right place, too, and after a
+couple of refractory tugs, as though the whirlpool was loath to
+surrender its victim, the Neptune headed about and slowly followed the
+Pioneer.
+
+This was, if possible, a more exciting moment than any that had preceded
+it. So much depended on the two lines. If either broke disaster would
+follow.
+
+But the cords did their duty nobly, and soon Clay was beyond the
+swirling circles. A few seconds later the Pioneer touched shore, and
+then three willing pairs of hands dragged the Neptune in so forcibly
+that a great wave rolled before the bow.
+
+The boys had to help Clay out and prop him against a tree; and for
+nearly five minutes he sat there so white and helpless that they feared
+he would faint. A drink of water seemed to revive him some, and finally
+the color came back to his cheeks.
+
+"I'm all right now," he said, as he got up and walked a few steps. "For
+a little while I felt like keeling over, and no wonder, after what I
+went through out there."
+
+"It was a close call," asserted Ned. "Nugget didn't remember about that
+line a minute too soon. The credit of your rescue belongs to him."
+
+"No it doesn't," said Nugget bashfully. "You did the work."
+
+Clay looked from one to the other, and then held out his hand to Nugget.
+
+"It was your outline and your suggestion," he said in a low voice. "You
+saved my life. Will you forgive me, old fellow? I put that snake in your
+canoe this morning, and am awfully sorry I did it."
+
+Nugget hesitated an instant. Then he blushingly accepted the proffered
+hand and said:
+
+"We'll let the matter drop, Clay. I know you won't do anything like that
+again."
+
+"No, I won't," replied Clay earnestly. "I'm done with practical jokes.
+It was only a garter snake, though I caught it with a forked stick."
+
+Ned and Randy had been at first inclined to pitch into Clay, but seeing
+that he was sincerely repentant they wisely concluded to ignore his
+fault, hoping that the lesson would really prove beneficial, and cure
+him of the fondness for playing tricks.
+
+After a light lunch the Jolly Rovers started off again. They were
+anxious to get as far as possible from the whirlpool. During the early
+part of the afternoon they paddled and drifted by turns, for Clay was
+still a little weak from his experience.
+
+Between three and four o'clock a bend of the creek brought into view an
+old wooden bridge. The piers were mossy and crumbling to ruins, and the
+roof and sides had been guiltless of paint for many a long year.
+
+Just below the bridge the Creek widened to a kind of pool. At the foot
+of a ledge of rocks on the left shore sat three men holding long fishing
+poles. Their attention seemed to be given to a fourth man, who was
+sitting in a boat near by, talking earnestly, and pointing from time to
+time out on the creek.
+
+A spring was visible a little above the fishermen, and as the boys
+happened to be thirsty they paddled over to it.
+
+The canoes immediately became objects of interest, and a friendly
+conversation was started.
+
+The man in the boat stepped out, and picked up Randy's gun.
+
+"That's a purty nice weapon," he observed in a mournful voice. "It ain't
+unlike the one I lost, only mine was longer, and a leetle bit lighter.
+It was a muzzle loader, though, and this is one of them new fangled
+kind."
+
+"How did you lose yours?" inquired Randy.
+
+"It sunk out there," replied the man, pointing toward mid-channel. "I
+was driftin' along when I seen a muskrat in the reeds on t'other shore.
+I stood up to reach the gun, an' just as I got holt of it my foot
+slipped on a wet board, an' down I come. The weapon went overboard, an'
+that was the end of it. It riles me bad, 'cause that gun belonged to my
+old daddy."
+
+"When did this happen?" asked Randy.
+
+"'Bout half an hour ago; anyway not much mor'n that."
+
+"But the gun surely isn't lost for good. Why don't you dive after it?"
+
+The man thrust his hands into his pockets and stared blankly at Randy.
+The three fishermen smiled and nudged each other.
+
+"Why don't you dive after it?" repeated Randy. "If you can tell me the
+exact location I'll get it for you."
+
+"You will, will you?" exclaimed the man impressively. "Waal, I reckon
+you'd have a stiff contract. Did you fellows never hear of Rudy's Hole?
+Thar it lies right in front of you, and there ain't no bottom to it."
+
+"Hold on, Mose Hocker," exclaimed one of the fishermen. "There must be
+bottom somewheres, of course, but it's mighty far down."
+
+The boys looked at one another incredulously and smiled. The idea of a
+bottomless hole in the Conodoguinet was ridiculous.
+
+At that moment an old man with bent back and white hair hobbled down
+the path from the road above, leaning heavily on his cane, which was his
+constant companion.
+
+"Good afternoon, Daddy Perkiss," exclaimed Mose Hocker. "I'm glad you
+come along. I lost my gun out in the Hole a while ago, and this chap
+here offers to dive arter it. You've lived around these parts nigh onto
+eighty years. Tell him how fur down he'll have to go to reach that
+weapon."
+
+"Ho! Ho!" cackled Daddy Perkiss, as he tremblingly sat down on a drift
+log, "the lad wants to dive in Rudy's Hole, does he? Well, let him try,
+let him try."
+
+The old man was silent for a moment, and his bleary eyes had a far away
+expression as though they were looking into the dim past.
+
+"It be sixty years since Jonas Rudy were drowned out here," he mumbled
+in a shrill voice, "an they ain't found the body to this day. I were
+away at the time, drivin' a teamster's wagon to Pittsburg, but I mind
+hearin' the story when I come home. Many a time I've heard tell how they
+tried to find bottom the next spring after Jonas was drowned.
+
+"Mike Berry, the blacksmith over at Four Corners, brought his anvil, an'
+the men made the women folks give up their clotheslines. Then they went
+out on the hole in the old ferryboat, and let down the anvil. There was
+two hundred feet of line in all, an' when half of it were out the men
+lost their grip. The rest went like greased lightnin', an' the end got
+coiled around Mike Berry's yaller dog, an' took it along. The poor
+beast never came up again."
+
+Daddy Perkiss paused for sheer want of breath, and looked around to note
+the effect of his story.
+
+"That yarn was started years ago," whispered Mose Hocker, coming close
+up to the boys, "an' Daddy has told it so many times that he believes
+every word. I reckon the most of it's true though. It would take more'n
+one clothesline to reach bottom out here."
+
+"But has the place never been sounded?" asked Ned. "Have you never tried
+it yourself?"
+
+Mose Hocker shook his head vigorously. "What would be the use?" he
+replied. "Nobody doubts it. Why, Rudy's Hole is known an' dreaded for
+miles around."
+
+Evidently regarding this argument as a clincher he turned aside, and
+began to talk to Daddy Perkiss.
+
+About this time Randy was doing a good deal of thinking. He had listened
+with incredulous interest to the old man's narrative, and knowing how
+prone country folk are to accept any fanciful story--especially a long
+standing tradition--without ever attempting to verify it, the conviction
+had forced itself upon his mind that Rudy's Hole was a myth--in other
+words that its depth was nothing extraordinary.
+
+Randy was a good swimmer, but a far better diver. He was long winded,
+and his staying qualities under water had always been a source of
+admiration and envy to his companions.
+
+It now occurred to him, with irresistible fascination, what a fine
+thing it would be to recover Mose Hooker's gun, and show these people
+what a delusion they had been laboring under all their lives.
+
+It took Randy but a short time to make up his mind, and walking over to
+Mose Hocker, he asked abruptly: "Could you tell me just where your gun
+fell in?"
+
+"I reckon I could if there was any need of it," was the drawling reply.
+"I happened to notice my bearings at the time. I was straight down from
+that rock out there, and straight out from the big button wood tree on
+yonder shore--right over the deepest part of the Hole."
+
+"All right!" said Randy quietly. "Now if you will lend me your boat for
+about ten minutes I think I can restore you your gun."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+A SHATTERED DELUSION
+
+
+The burst of derisive laughter that greeted his proposition in no way
+disconcerted Randy. He waited quietly until it was over, and then
+repeated his request.
+
+"Ho! ho!" cackled Daddy Perkiss; "is the lad tired of livin', or kin he
+breathe under water like a fish?"
+
+"He's a stout hearted chap," cried Mose Hocker, "and sense his mind's
+bent on takin' a good long dive I reckon he kin have the boat. There
+ain't no undercurrent out there as I know of, so he ain't likely to come
+to harm, and besides I'm mighty anxious to git my gun back."
+
+Here Mr. Hocker winked slyly at Daddy Perkiss and the fishermen.
+
+The old man failed to appreciate the joke.
+
+"It's temptin' Providence," he cried shrilly, pounding his cane on the
+beach. "If you ever sees that weapon agin, Mose Hocker, I'll give you
+ten pounds of the best plug terbacker that Bill Smith has in his store."
+
+"That's a bargain," exclaimed Mose. "You fellows can testify to what he
+said."
+
+Then turning to Randy he added with a laugh, "Don't fail me now, lad.
+Ten pounds of terbacker ain't picked up every day."
+
+"Just give me a fair show and I'll astonish you all before long,"
+replied Randy, moving toward the boat. "Ned, will you go with me?" he
+added.
+
+Ned willingly agreed, much to the amazement of Clay and Nugget, who
+expected him to oppose Randy's project with all his might. The truth of
+the matter was that Ned, being a sensible fellow, shared Randy's view,
+and was rather anxious to see the tables turned on the credulous
+rustics.
+
+He was satisfied from the smooth and sluggish appearance of the water
+that a dive would not be attended with danger.
+
+In some unaccountable manner the news seemed to have spread through the
+neighborhood, and when Ned and Randy embarked, the crowd had been
+augmented by three men and two bare-footed urchins. A wagon containing
+two farmers had stopped at the entrance of the bridge, and the occupants
+were tying the horse preparatory to coming down.
+
+Mose Hocker's boat was a large, heavy craft, built on the order of a
+bateau, and was admirably adapted to Randy's purpose. The boys paddled
+up stream a little until they were directly below the rock Hocker had
+designated. Then, while the boat drifted down with a barely perceptible
+motion, Randy hastily undressed.
+
+"It's a pity we didn't bring a fishing line along," observed Ned. "I
+could ascertain the depth for you in a minute."
+
+"We don't need it," replied Randy. "I was never in better wind than I am
+now. If there's a bottom at all I'll find it."
+
+The boat was now one hundred feet below the rock, and a stroke or two of
+Ned's paddle put it in line with the big buttonwood tree on the right
+shore.
+
+"This is just about the exact spot," said Randy, surveying with a
+critical eye the rock and then the tree. "Hold the boat steady, Ned.
+I'll be ready in a second or two."
+
+This was not a difficult task, for the water was as smooth as a mill
+pond and almost as motionless.
+
+Clay and Nugget had by this time paddled out in their canoes to witness
+operations, and the little group on the shore were waiting in breathless
+silence.
+
+Randy was prepared now, and suddenly he mounted the broad stern seat,
+and stood on the outer edge.
+
+An audible murmur came from the shore, and Daddy Perkiss mumbled
+shrilly: "They're right over the middle of the Hole."
+
+"Paddle down a little," said Randy in a quiet tone to Clay and Nugget.
+"You obstruct the view. Still in the right location, are we?" he
+inquired of Ned.
+
+"Yes, as near as possible," was the reply. "Be careful, old fellow!"
+
+Randy smiled and glanced at the expectant crowd on the shore. Then he
+drew a long breath, pressed his hands together and dived gracefully into
+the cloudy blue water. It was done so quickly and cleverly that no loud
+splash followed, nor was the boat violently shaken.
+
+As the seconds passed on not the least sound broke the stillness; every
+eye was fixed on the spot where the lad had disappeared, and every heart
+was beating tumultuously.
+
+The seconds grew almost to a minute, and still the smooth surface
+remained unbroken. Ned's hand trembled as he kept the boat in position,
+and Clay and Nugget exchanged frightened glances.
+
+"I knew it," cried Daddy Perkiss in a cracked voice. "That lad will
+never be seen again. He's gone down to meet Jonas Rudy."
+
+This ill boding prophecy had scarcely left the old man's lips, when
+Randy shot into view a few feet to the left of where he had disappeared.
+Half a dozen strokes brought him to the boat, and with Ned's assistance
+he scrambled over the side.
+
+His hands were empty.
+
+A burst of laughter came from shore, and Daddy Perkiss cried
+triumphantly: "Where's the gun, lad? Did you find bottom?"
+
+Randy only waved his hand in reply. He was panting a little for breath,
+but his face wore a very peculiar smile--a smile that quite baffled the
+three eager boys.
+
+"What luck?" queried Ned excitedly. "How far down were you? Did you find
+anything?"
+
+"You will know before long," replied Randy with aggravating calmness.
+"Keep the boat in the same place, Ned. One more stroke. There, that's
+it Here goes for another."
+
+He quickly mounted the seat again, and drew in his breath.
+
+"Hold on, young fellar," cried Mose Hocker in a loud voice, "Don't risk
+your life a second time. I kin stand the loss of that terbacker."
+
+Randy laughed, waved his hand, and went under head foremost.
+
+The suspense was now greater than on the previous occasion. Ned began to
+count, and when the half minute expired his face grew pale.
+
+Thirty-five--forty--three-quarters of a minute! No sign of the reckless
+diver. Had some undercurrent dragged him far down in those blue depths?
+
+When the forty-ninth second had expired a loud murmur rose from the
+people on shore, and just a second later it changed to a deafening burst
+of applause as Randy shot above the surface holding in his right
+hand--_Mose Hacker's gun_.
+
+His face was fairly purple for want of breath, and he had scarcely
+enough strength to gain the side of the boat. He threw the gun over
+first and then, with Ned's aid, rolled into the bottom, where he lay for
+a moment, panting for breath.
+
+Cheer after cheer came from shore, and the boys joined in heartily.
+Randy was all right in a moment, and as Ned paddled across the creek, he
+hurriedly pulled on his clothes.
+
+When the boat landed by the rocks such a scene ensued as no pen can
+describe. The men crowded about Randy with eager congratulations, and
+fairly pumped his arms off.
+
+Mose Hocker snatched the gun and waved it triumphantly before Daddy
+Perkiss.
+
+"What do you think of that?" he cried. "The lad brought it clean up from
+the bottom of Rudy's hole. I'll take that ten pounds of terbacker,
+Daddy, as soon as you please."
+
+"Shoo, now! thar's some trick about the thing," mumbled the old man
+petulantly. "You can't make me believe that Rudy's Hole ain't two or
+three hundred feet deep."
+
+"But here's the gun to prove it," said Mose, "an' we all saw the lad
+bring it up. Let him speak for himself, and say whether he touched
+bottom or not."
+
+"Of course I touched bottom," returned Randy with a slight shiver at the
+recollection. "It was the biggest dive I ever made. The water must be
+fifteen or twenty feet deep. It's not any more than that, though. I
+thought I'd never come to the top the second time. I was just ready to
+burst when I found the gun, and the weight of it kept me from coming up
+rapidly."
+
+Daddy heard the lad through, and then, with a contemptuous sniff, he
+rose and hobbled up the path.
+
+"Don't forgit the terbacker," Mose Hocker shouted after him.
+
+The old man made no reply, and was soon out of sight.
+
+"It's a hard blow for Daddy," said one of the fishermen, "an' the same
+in fact fur all of us, I reckon. I've been brung up from a lad in the
+full belief that Rudy's Hole were well nigh bottomless."
+
+"And I," "and I," cried half a dozen voices.
+
+"It will be most amazin' news to the whole community," said Mose Hocker,
+"an' mebbe it'll teach folks to investigate things. I'm kinder sorry for
+Daddy Perkiss. It was his chief delight to tell that story to every
+stranger what come along, an' now he won't dare to open his lips about
+Rudy's Hole. When I get the terbacker I'll give you fellows a plug
+apiece."
+
+Three or four of the men laughed at this, as though they had their
+doubts on the subject.
+
+"Oh, I'll keep Daddy to his word," resumed Mose. "He kin easily afford
+it." Then turning to the boys he said abruptly, "I want you boys to come
+down the creek and spend the night at my place. I'll try to treat you
+well. The recovery of that gun means a good deal to me, and I want to do
+what I kin in return."
+
+Several other invitations of a similiar nature were extended to the
+Jolly Rovers, but they accepted Mose Mocker's without hesitation. A few
+moments later they paddled down the creek, cheered loudly by the
+admiring spectators.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+THE STORM BREAKS
+
+
+The Jolly Rovers were agreeably surprised when they reached Mose
+Hocker's "place." Instead of the farmhouse, which they had confidently
+expected, it proved to be a snug little cabin standing in a dense bit of
+woods along the creek, and distant from Rudy's Hole about one mile.
+
+Mose was a tall, wiry, middle aged man, with a smooth shaven face.
+
+"I've always been fond of hunting and fishing," he explained to the
+boys, "an' about two year ago I built this place, an' moved in. It
+stands on my own land. I have a farm back yonder, but after my wife died
+I put a tenant on my property. The life didn't agree with me, somehow or
+other."
+
+"I reckon I've got a streak of my daddy's wild blood. He was a great
+hunter in his day, and that's why I prize this gun so much. It was made
+in London by John Armstrong in 1874--so that silver plate on the breech
+says--and if it is old fashioned it kin shoot. You chaps ought to be
+here in the fall when the ducks and geese are moving--I'd show you some
+sport."
+
+Mr. Hocker proved himself a delightful host. His cabin was crammed full
+of curious contrivances for catching fish and trapping game, the various
+uses of which he took delight in explaining to the boys. He was an adept
+at cooking--as the bountiful evening meal proved--and he possessed a
+fund of adventurous stories that made the hours pass quickly until
+bedtime.
+
+He spread blankets and pillows on the floor for his guests, and after
+the wearisome events of the day they slept soundly until dawn.
+
+A plunge in the creek was first in order, and then came a warm
+breakfast. An hour later, with many sincere expressions of regret at
+parting, the Jolly Rovers resumed their cruise. Mr. Hocker pressed them
+to stay a couple of days, but they deemed it best to push on, since they
+were yet many miles from home.
+
+Little did they think as they paddled away from the cabin, that they and
+their friendly host would meet again under far different circumstances
+in the near future.
+
+All that day--which was Wednesday--the boys paddled steadily. They
+camped in the evening at the water works dam, one mile out from
+Carlisle, and while Clay and Randy prepared supper, Ned and Nugget went
+to town for mail. Fortunately they visited the express office as well,
+and found a cake there addressed to Randy. They brought it triumphantly
+back to camp--a straight road precluded the possibility of losing the
+way on this occasion--and had a glorious feast before going to bed.
+
+Thursday was a repetition of the previous day. Nothing occurred worthy
+of special mention. The boys covered ten or fifteen miles in spite of
+the dams that frequently blocked the way.
+
+About four o'clock in the afternoon, while passing through a lonely and
+beautiful strip of country, they came upon five tiny islands grouped
+together in mid channel. The largest was not more than a dozen yards
+long. All were grassy and shaded by trees, and they made a pretty
+picture with the water rippling softly through the narrow winding
+channels that separated them.
+
+As the bushes and timber on both banks of the creek were very dense, the
+boys chose one of the islands for a camping place--the left hand one of
+two that lay a little farther down stream than the others. It was two or
+three feet above the surface of the creek, level and grassy on top, and
+contained seven or eight good sized trees.
+
+The largest of these--a massive buttonwood--stood at the extreme lower
+end, and its whitened, far stretching roots had been laid bare by the
+current that came sweeping down each side, formed a shallow swirling
+eddy.
+
+Here the boys landed, and seeing that the steepness of the bank would
+make it a difficult task to carry the canoes up--if indeed there was
+room to spare above--they tied them in a bunch to the roots of the
+tree. Then stripping off their shoes and stockings, they waded about in
+the shallow water unloading what articles they wanted, and carrying them
+up on the bank.
+
+The tent was staked in the center of the island, and the boys did not
+discover, until too late, that the entrance faced up stream.
+
+"Let it go," said Ned. "It's a little unhandy for the canoes, that's
+all. We must be careful not to trip over the ropes, though."
+
+There was another reason why the tent should have faced the opposite
+way. It was exposed, in its present position, to any storm that might
+come up from the west.
+
+But this did not occur to the boys, and very naturally, since the sky
+was cloudless and the air but moderately warm. It had not been such a
+day as usually brews July thunderstorms.
+
+After considerable searching, two stones suitable for the fireplace were
+found in the eddy. There was an utter lack of fuel on the island, so Ned
+and Randy paddled to shore and loaded their canoes with driftwood.
+
+Two weeks of camp life had now familiarized each lad with the duties
+that were assigned to him, and by working in unison supper was soon
+prepared.
+
+The boys lingered over the meal a good while, and it was quite dark when
+the dishes were washed and put away.
+
+At nine o'clock all were sleeping soundly behind the tightly drawn tent
+flaps, and the fire was mingling its red flashes with the moonlight glow
+on the rippling surface of the creek.
+
+Ten o'clock came--eleven--twelve. Not a breath of air was stirring; a
+dead, oppressive calm, like the sultriness of noonday, had settled down
+on land and water. Half an hour later the west was inky black with
+massed storm clouds and fleecy forerunners of the coming tempest were
+straying one after another across the moon.
+
+All unconscious of impending danger the boys slept peacefully, nor did
+they awake until the storm was upon them in all its fury. Dazed and
+terrified they crouched close together, watching the jagged purple
+flashes that turned night into noonday, listening to the furious patter
+of the rain and the crashing of thunder, and shivering where the oozing
+drops fell in their faces from the saturated canvas.
+
+Streams of water were trickling across the ground, and the tent was
+tugging, like a thing of life, to free itself from the iron stakes.
+
+Ned groped about until he found the lantern, and with great difficulty
+he lit it. Nugget was trembling like a leaf, but the others were, so
+far, more disgusted than frightened. A possible ducking, and the loss of
+a night's sleep, was the most they dreaded.
+
+But soon the presence of a real and actual danger made itself known. The
+wind rose to such a point of violence that it was little short of a
+hurricane. Trees began to go down here and there, and the passage of
+the gale through the forest on each shore was like the whirring flight
+of myriads of quail.
+
+The tent was slightly protected by the timber on the upper point of the
+island; otherwise it must have yielded to the first onslaught of the
+storm.
+
+"This is terrible," whispered Ned. "If it grows any worse I'm afraid we
+will fare badly. The tent is strained to its utmost now."
+
+"Even the iron stakes won't hold it if the wind gets through the flaps,"
+said Randy in a dismal tone.
+
+They were silent for a moment, listening to the increasing fury of the
+gale.
+
+"Oh! this is awful," wailed Nugget. "The water is running down my neck,
+and I'm sitting in a big puddle. It's coming in all around me."
+
+"You ought to be thankful you're not sitting in the open air," muttered
+Clay. "That may be the next thing."
+
+At Ned's suggestion--which, strange to say, had not occurred to any one
+before--the boys overhauled their clothing bags and put on their rubber
+coats. Each was provided with one of those useful articles.
+
+As they sat about the flickering flame of the lantern a more furious
+gust than any that had preceded came shrieking down the creek. In the
+midst of its passage a great crash was heard, so loud and so near that
+the very ground seems to tremble.
+
+The boys could not repress a cry of terror. A tree had fallen close by,
+and they dreaded lest another would crush the tent.
+
+"Gracious! what if that was the big buttonwood!" cried Randy. "Our
+canoes--"
+
+His agitated face finished the sentence more plainly than words could
+have done.
+
+Ned rose, pulling his coat close about him, and seized the lantern.
+
+"I must see about that," he said hoarsely. "Stay right here. I will be
+back in a moment."
+
+Before the others could utter a word of protest, he lifted the rear end
+of the canvas half a foot, and, with lantern in hand, squirmed through
+like a snake, leaving the tent in utter darkness.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+AT THE MERCY OF THE TEMPEST
+
+
+The wind was so violent that Ned dared not stand erect. He crossed on
+hands and knees the brief stretch that separated the tent from the lower
+end of the island.
+
+The buttonwood was still standing--much to his relief--and the canoes
+were so far uninjured, though the gale was knocking them together pretty
+forcibly.
+
+Bracing himself against the buttonwood, Ned turned the lantern in all
+directions, and soon discovered the tree which had caused such alarm by
+its fall. It lay prostrate on the other island, but as a channel barely
+half a dozen yards wide separated the two, it was not surprising that
+the crash should have sounded very near.
+
+The storm still raged with unabated fury. The lightning played
+incessantly over the heavens, and the thunder was continuous.
+
+Ned took advantage of a lull in the wind to start on his return, but he
+had scarcely left the tree when the lantern slipped from his hand, and
+was extinguished by the fall. He found it after a short search, and as
+he could see plainly enough without a light, he pushed on toward the
+tent, bending his body forward to escape the cutting rain.
+
+A sudden fierce blast of wind compelled him to crouch close to the
+ground, and just as he rose a jagged flash of lightning turned the
+blackness into a purple glare. Ned's eyes happened to be resting on the
+channel between the two islands, and in that brief instant of light he
+saw a boat gliding swiftly down the current, cutting gracefully through
+the great waves that rose to meet it.
+
+On the rear seat, paddle in hand, sat a man. A dark slouch hat, pulled
+far down, concealed his features. He seemed perfectly at home, and in no
+wise discomfited by the storm that was raging around him.
+
+As the vivid light faded away Ned ran back to the buttonwood tree, and
+watched the blurred shape of the boat as it came down the channel. He
+breathed a sigh of relief when it passed out from the islands and
+continued on through the gloom, for his first thought had been that some
+danger menaced the camp.
+
+Why a man should voluntarily expose himself to such a pitiless storm,
+and at such an hour of the night, was a mystery too deep for Ned's
+comprehension. It was certain, at all events, that the stranger was
+abroad for no good purpose.
+
+Either his errand was in no wise connected with the Jolly Rovers, or
+else he had passed close by the tent without seeing it--even when the
+flash of lightning made the night as bright as noonday.
+
+Ned waited beside the buttonwood tree until another flash gave him a
+brief glimpse of the boat far below the island. Then he hurried back to
+the tent and crawled under the rear end. The boys immediately besieged
+him with questions, and their anxiety was quickly allayed.
+
+"The canoes are safe," said Ned, as he relighted the lantern. "The tree
+that fell was on the other island. I don't think the storm can last much
+longer, I believe the wind is subsiding a little now."
+
+He was about to tell them of the strange boat and its occupant that had
+passed down the channel, when a terrific blast checked the words on his
+lips. The tent swayed to and fro, and just at this critical moment one
+of the front flaps tore free of the strings that held it to the pole.
+
+The gale instantly swept under the canvas, lifted the tent bodily, and
+whirled it through the air, leaving the amazed boys exposed to the
+driving rain.
+
+Ned snatched the lantern and ran down the island. The others followed
+him, and when they reached the buttonwood tree they saw the tent
+floating limply on the waves twenty feet beyond the canoes.
+
+"We must recover it at all hazards," cried Ned hoarsely. "Our cruise is
+ruined if we don't. Who will go with me?"
+
+"I will," replied Randy.
+
+"And I," added Clay.
+
+"One is enough," said Ned. "I'll take Randy. If the wind prevents us
+from getting back don't you fellows be alarmed. Keep out of the rain as
+much as possible, and if your clothes get wet put on dry ones."
+
+There was no time to lose, for the tent had drifted into the fierce
+current below the island, and was already out of sight. There was great
+danger of its sinking as soon as the canvas became thoroughly soaked.
+
+Hastily untying their canoes from the roots of the tree, Ned and Randy
+paddled away in the darkness, leaving Clay and Nugget to make the best
+of their desertion.
+
+It was a bad night to be on the water. The storm was still raging, and
+the surface of the creek was lashed with great foamy billows. The boys
+did not find the tent immediately.
+
+In fact the wind and the current together drove them a quarter of a mile
+down stream before they could control their canoes sufficiently to head
+them around. And even when they accomplished this they found it out of
+the question to return. Not one inch could they gain in the teeth of the
+blast, though they paddled hard and fast.
+
+Fortunately the canoes were empty, and this rendered them safe and
+buoyant, so that they rose lightly on the crest of every wave. They
+would surely have swamped had the usual loads been in the hatches.
+
+"We stand a poor show of getting back to the island this night," cried
+Randy in a loud enough tone for his companion to hear. "I'll be
+satisfied if we find the tent. Do you think it is still afloat?"
+
+With a half a dozen desperate strokes Ned then brought the Pioneer
+alongside the Water Sprite.
+
+"I don't know," he replied. "If the tent is still on the surface it must
+have drifted pretty near by this time. We've been trying to force our
+way up stream for nearly ten minutes. Keep a sharp lookout on your side,
+Randy, and I'll do the same on mine."
+
+This was by no means an easy matter. It was difficult to see with any
+clearness at a distance of ten yards, and though Ned still had the
+lighted lantern in his cockpit, it was impossible to make use of it and
+to paddle at the same time.
+
+For a few moments longer the boys continued the futile struggle with the
+wind and current. The rain was still falling in torrents, but their
+rubber coats kept them fairly dry, and the canvas aprons buttoned
+tightly over the cockpits, prevented the canoes from filling.
+
+At last, when both lads were quite in despair, a flash of lightning
+revealed the tent a few yards to the left, rising and falling with the
+waves.
+
+When the difficult operation of turning the canoes down stream was
+safely performed, the tent was some yards away. It was still dimly
+visible and the boys soon caught up with it.
+
+It threatened at first to be a sort of white elephant on their hands,
+for the three poles were still in position, and the canvas was
+hopelessly tangled about them.
+
+Had the boys been in a boat their task would have been comparatively
+easy. As it was they had to be very cautious for fear of upsetting.
+
+Finally, by getting the unwieldy mass between them and employing their
+paddles instead of hands they succeeded in dragging a portion of it upon
+the fore deck of each canoe. The center still sagged in the water, but
+it was impossible to make any better arrangement.
+
+"Paddle very carefully now," was Ned's caution. "We will run into shore
+at the first opportunity, and if the storm abates one of us can go up
+for Clay and Nugget. The island can't be more than half a mile away."
+
+This project, simple as it sounded, was quite impracticable at the
+present time. The wind had fallen some, but the waves were still so
+violent that the only safety for the heavily encumbered canoes lay in
+keeping parallel with the current. A flank movement toward shore would
+have brought speedy disaster.
+
+The boys realized this and stuck to mid-channel. The continued speed of
+the current mystified them considerably, and they were quite at a lost
+to account for it until Ned raised the lantern, and turned it on the
+surface of the creek.
+
+"Good gracious!" he cried. "The water is yellow with mud. The creek is
+rising. No wonder it runs like a mill race. This same storm must have
+deluged the upper end of the valley before it reached here."
+
+Proof of Ned's assertion was not wanting, for that instant the canoes
+rustled through the protruding grass of a submerged island.
+
+The water Sprite stuck fast on what was probably the crest, and the
+Pioneer instantly swung around with the current, shaking off the folds
+of the tent.
+
+Randy turned sideways to see how his companion was faring, and his face
+suddenly blanched.
+
+"Look! look! Ned," he cried in a hoarse, frightened voice. "What is
+that?"
+
+Randy's alarming cry was called forth by the discovery of a long dusky
+object that was bearing rapidly down upon the canoes.
+
+The same chilling fear entered the hearts of both lads they watched its
+noiseless approach. They believed it to be an upturned canoe--a message
+fraught with tidings of disaster.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+ADRIFT ON A LOG
+
+
+An instant later the shadowy object assumed the unmistakable form of a
+huge drift log, and before Ned could realize his peril or deal a single
+paddle stroke, the current whirled the heavy mass upon him, and the
+blunt end pounded broadside into the Pioneer. The canoe was bowled over
+like a tenpin, and Ned went head first into the yellow flood. He came to
+the surface a dozen feet below, and when he found he was out of his
+depth he made a valiant effort to swim up to Randy, who was fighting
+hard to drive the Water Sprite off the island, so that he might hasten
+to his friend's rescue.
+
+Half a dozen strokes convinced Ned of the utter futility of breasting
+such a current. As he ceased struggling, and allowed himself to drift at
+will, he saw the log bearing down upon him. It had swung clear around
+after capsizing the canoe, and was shooting along at a rapid pace, as
+though to make up for lost time.
+
+With scarcely an instant's deliberation Ned decided what to do. His
+canoe was floating toward him from above, but being still broadside to
+the current, its movements were painfully slow.
+
+Moreover, it offered doubtful security in its inverted position, and was
+likely to sink if any weight was put upon it.
+
+A few vigorous strokes brought Ned alongside the drifting log as it
+swung past him. He straddled it a little beyond the middle, holding on
+with both hands.
+
+It sank a little with his weight, causing the front end to tip upwards,
+but his head and shoulders were clear out of water. Turning cautiously
+around, he saw to his dismay that Randy was still aground on the island.
+
+"Push off as soon as you can," he shouted. "Overtake my canoe and paddle
+for the left bank. I'm safe for the present, and will try to reach
+land."
+
+"All right!" came the reply an instant later. "I'll do my best."
+
+The words had a vague, far away sound, for already the distance had
+widened considerably. The log went swiftly on its course, heading
+straight through mid-channel, and leaping and plunging in the turbid
+water.
+
+Ned clung to it with might and main. He was not a little worried by his
+strange and perilous position. The yellow flood stretching on all sides
+of him was a terrifying sight.
+
+The thunder and lightning had almost entirely ceased, and the wind had
+fallen, leaving the creek as smooth as a millpond; but the rain still
+poured with a steady persistency that threatened a long continuance.
+
+Ned did not mind this much. The air and the water were both warm, and he
+felt fairly comfortable.
+
+He was more concerned for his companions than for himself. It would be a
+difficult matter, he reflected, for Randy to manage the two canoes and
+the tent.
+
+He wondered how Clay and Nugget were faring--whether they still remained
+on the island, or had ventured to embark in search of their companions,
+now that the violence of the storm was past.
+
+Meanwhile Ned was not oblivious to his own danger. While these things
+were passing through his mind, he was striving to guide the log toward
+shore by paddling with his left hand and leg. At first he seemed to make
+no progress.
+
+The current was running swift, and the log remained obstinately in
+mid-channel. The flood was rising, too. Plain proof of it was seen in
+the _debris_ that floated on all sides--patches of grass and bushes,
+broken limbs, and here and there a fence rail.
+
+The sky was still overcast with dark clouds, and the gloom behind him
+showed Ned no trace of Randy or the canoes. He worked harder and harder
+to gain the shore, and finally he discovered to his great delight that
+he was getting the log under control.
+
+It steadily pursued a diagonal course, veering constantly nearer to the
+left shore. Occasionally a swirl of the current pitched it toward
+midstream, but a little perseverance put it right again.
+
+The scene of Ned's capsize was now a good mile in the rear, and he was
+satisfied that he would reach the bank in a short time--unless some
+unforseen event occurred.
+
+This was exactly what destiny had in store for the lad. A moment later a
+sharp bend--unseen until too late--cast the log in the very center of
+the creek, and while the sting of this misfortune was still fresh, Ned
+heard a dull booming noise--the certain herald of either rapids or a
+dam. The sound, though not loud, came from no great distance.
+
+Its subdued tone showed that if rapids were ahead, they were not very
+bad ones; if a dam, that it could not be high, else the falling water
+would make a greater noise.
+
+But Ned had no desire to tempt his fate in either. With what strength
+was left in his numbed limbs he tried hard to drive the log shoreward.
+
+Had a little more time been granted him he might have succeeded, but the
+ruthless current swept him on with unceasing speed, and when the log was
+still fifty feet from the left bank he saw the smooth stretch of water
+before him merge into a seething line of turbulent waves and tawny foam.
+
+The rude outline of a mill suddenly appeared on the left, proving
+conclusively the existence of a dam.
+
+All hope of reaching the shore was gone now. It was some slight
+consolation to know that the dam was not a high one, and Ned boldly
+faced the ordeal by swinging the log around until it pointed straight to
+the line of foam. Then he hugged it closely to him and waited.
+
+The suspense was brief. One swift rush to the brink, a quick slide down
+a glistening slant of water--and then a headlong plunge into the
+seething waves.
+
+The log rushed on nobly, now under the billows, now high on their crest
+until it struck a rock endwise, and turned broadside in the twinkling of
+an eye. Ned parted company with it then and there--he couldn't help
+it--and struggled on alone. He was in comparatively shallow water now,
+and though the force of the current and the waves was terrific, he
+finally gained a foothold on the slippery rocks, and waded waist deep
+toward shore.
+
+The water soon shallowed, and with a grateful heart he staggered out on
+a stony beach.
+
+He sat down for a moment to recover from his exertions, and then went up
+the slope to the building, which was only a few yards away. It proved to
+be a saw mill, and even in the somber gloom Ned could see that it was
+very ancient and rickety, and had probably not been in use for many
+years.
+
+The locality was a wild and lonely one. Steep wooded hills lay on both
+sides of the creek.
+
+Further investigation showed Ned that the saw mill abutted on the corner
+of the dam, and that a narrow sluiceway conducted the water to the
+machinery. He could hear the splash and gurgle of the torrent as it
+swept under the rotting timbers of the mill and rushed on to freedom
+through the wasteway beyond.
+
+As the depth of the latter was uncertain Ned crossed the sluice by a
+shaky plank that spanned the sides, and found himself among thick
+bushes at the foot of a steep hill. He was tempted to go back and seek
+shelter in the mill, for his limbs ached with weariness, and his wet
+clothes chilled him at every step.
+
+But first it was important that Randy should be found, so he pushed
+along the edge of the creek in the rain until he obtained an open view
+of the channel for some distance ahead.
+
+The first glimpse rewarded him for his pains. He spied a bulky dark
+object about fifty yards up stream. It was approaching at a rapid pace
+and hugging the shore closely.
+
+Ned put two fingers in his mouth and emitted a shrill, piercing whistle.
+It was answered in a similar manner, and a moment later the dark mass
+resolved itself into Randy, the tent, and the two canoes.
+
+"By jove, I'm glad to see you," exclaimed Randy in husky tones, as Ned
+helped him to land. "I thought you were a goner this time, old fellow."
+
+Ned hastily related his experience.
+
+"It was a close shave," he concluded; "too close to be pleasant. But how
+did you manage to get here with this heavy load?"
+
+Randy laughed. "I had a time of it, I can tell you. I jumped out in the
+water--it was only knee deep on that island--and dragged the whole tent
+on the foredeck of my canoe. Then I paddled after the Pioneer, and
+caught up with it near another submerged bar, where both the canoes
+stuck again.
+
+"This gave me a chance to right the Pioneer and throw most of the water
+out of it. Then I slung the tent across both of them, tied the cockpits
+together, and started off. Of course I could only paddle on the right
+side, but I got along fairly well. The best of it is that I found your
+paddle on the way down. The lantern is gone, but I have a candle here,
+if we need it. It was in the pocket of my rubber coat."
+
+"That's exactly what we _do_ need," replied Ned. "It will help us to
+find some dry wood in the mill. But first of all we must drag the canoes
+and the tent on shore."
+
+This proved a difficult task, but it was finally accomplished. The
+canoes were turned bottom up, and the tent was stretched over a clump of
+bushes. Then Ned led the way down stream to the saw mill.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+MR. DUDE MOXLEY
+
+
+When the boys reached the corner of the dam Ned produced his waterproof
+match box and lighted the candle. This enabled them to cross the
+sluiceway in safety, and after noting with some alarm that the creek was
+still coming up rapidly, they entered the saw mill at the upper end,
+where the floor was level with the breast work of the dam--or rather a
+few feet above it.
+
+The lower end was twelve or fifteen feet higher than the wasteway, and
+was supported by an open network of huge beams.
+
+With the greatest caution the boys scrutinized their surroundings. The
+first floor contained nothing but _debris_--heaps of sawdust, strips of
+bark, and a few partially sawed logs. The machinery had all been
+removed.
+
+There was great danger of falling through into the swirling torrent
+beneath, for in several places the flooring lacked entire planks, and
+those that remained were loose and rotten.
+
+The light of the candle revealed a rickety flight of steps in the upper
+right hand corner, and without hesitation the boys mounted to the
+second floor. This apartment was in remarkably good condition. Not a
+drop of rain had penetrated through the roof or sides.
+
+The floor was strewn with sawdust and shavings. A carpenter's bench
+stood on each side, and in the center was a huge old-fashioned sheet
+iron stove, with a pipe running straight to the roof. The room was
+lighted by three windows--one at each end, and one on the side facing
+the creek.
+
+"This is what I call luck," exclaimed Ned. "A stove ready and waiting
+for us, and fuel lying about in plenty! We won't have to endure our wet
+clothes long."
+
+"The owner may object to our taking possession, though," said Randy. "We
+don't want to get in any more scrapes."
+
+"No one but a crusty old brute would refuse to let us dry ourselves,"
+replied Ned. "And besides, I don't believe the owner lives anywhere
+within a mile. He probably uses this work room in winter--when there is
+hardly any farm work to do--and doesn't come near it in summer. The
+reason I think so is because the tools have all been taken away."
+
+Ned's supposition was probably correct. At all events the boys did not
+scruple to make a blazing fire in the stove, and very pleasant the
+warmth felt after their long tussle with the storm.
+
+Ned was soaked through and through in spite of his rubber coat, but
+Randy was only wet to the middle. They stood as near as possible to the
+stove, and so powerful was the heat of the wood fire, that in half an
+hour their clothes were entirely dry.
+
+It was rather a risky undertaking, but both lads were hardy and vigorous
+and had no fear of taking cold.
+
+As the fire burnt itself out the pale light of day shone through the
+windows. Friday morning had dawned.
+
+"Still raining a little," said Ned, "and the sky is cloudy. We must
+start up the creek without delay now. My mind will feel a good deal
+easier when I know that Clay and Nugget are safe. They must be feeling
+pretty wretched if they stayed on the island all night in the rain."
+
+"I don't think they would venture to leave after the directions you gave
+them," returned Randy. "Unless the island became flooded. I never
+thought of that before."
+
+Ned walked quickly to the side window and looked out.
+
+"The water is still on the rise," he said gloomily. "It is backing into
+the wasteway and crawling up the slope toward the mill. You can hardly
+see anything of the dam. To tell the truth, Randy, I believe the creek
+is quite high enough to cover that island."
+
+Randy turned pale.
+
+"What has become of the boys then?" he asked. "Could they have passed
+down the creek while we were drying ourselves?"
+
+"Hardly," said Ned. "You forget the dam. But pull on your coat and
+we'll be off. It's not raining enough to hurt us."
+
+Randy hastily obeyed, and after satisfying themselves that the lingering
+embers of the fire could do no damage, the boys went down the shaking
+flight of steps to the lower floor. With great care they crossed the
+rotten planks, and were half way to the door when a burly figure
+darkened the threshold--a roughly dressed man with a gun on his shoulder
+and a partially filled grain sack in his hand.
+
+The boys stood still, half frightened, half astonished, but the stranger
+came quickly forward, lowering his gun as he did so.
+
+"Good morning, my lads," he said in a gruff, mocking voice, "so the
+storm has driven you to my humble retreat. You are welcome--quite
+welcome. Make yourselves at home. This is an unexpected honor. I am
+sorry I was absent when you called."
+
+The boys exchanged startled glances. There was an unpleasant ring to the
+stranger's voice that boded no good intentions.
+
+"If you own this mill we are much obliged to you for the use of it,"
+said Ned. "We got wet in the storm and came here to dry ourselves. We
+took the liberty of making a fire in the stove up stairs."
+
+As he spoke he moved toward the door with Randy at his heels.
+
+"Not so fast," muttered the man, pushing the boys forcibly back. "You
+can stay a while and keep me company. I've taken a fancy to you chaps,
+and want to get better acquainted with you. Over there is the portion
+of this domicile that I occupy at present. It ain't very palatial, but I
+reckon I can give you a log to sit on."
+
+There was no choice but to obey, and the boys reluctantly crossed the
+rickety floor to the lower corner of the mill. Here was a great heap of
+sawdust, and two or three logs. The man sat down on the former--between
+the boys and the door--and motioned his companions to one of the logs.
+
+It was now fully daylight, and the stranger's position, facing one of
+the broad windows on the creek side of the mill, gave the boys an
+opportunity to examine him closely.
+
+He wore a dirty, greasy suit of tweed, patched here and there with
+different colored cloth. His shoes gaped at the toes, and his coat
+collar was buttoned tightly about his throat--no doubt in default of a
+shirt.
+
+His face might have been handsome at one time, but it was now marred and
+brutalized by a life of dissipation. His nose and cheeks were purple,
+his eyes bloodshot, and a matted growth of brown hair strayed from
+beneath a ragged slouch hat.
+
+Little wonder that Ned and Randy cowered fearfully before the gaze of
+this evil looking ruffian. They knew now that he was a tramp, and never
+before had they seen a worse specimen.
+
+It suddenly occurred to Ned that this was the same man who had passed
+the camp in a boat on the previous night, and the knowledge by no means
+added to his peace of mind.
+
+Immediately on sitting down the stranger had taken a short black pipe
+from his pocket, and filled and lighted it. But during the performance
+of this operation he was not oblivious to the keen scrutiny of his
+companions.
+
+"I hope you chaps will know me again," he said in a sarcastic tone. "Or
+were you just admiring my beauty? Dude Moxley is what my friends all
+call me, because I dress with such taste, and take such good care of my
+complexion."
+
+Suddenly changing his voice he demanded gruffly, "Where are the other
+two chaps?"
+
+"Why--why--how did you know there were two more?" exclaimed Ned, thrown
+off his guard by the question.
+
+Mr. Moxley smiled complacently. "I seen the canoes and the tent up
+yonder along the shore. As the canoes happened to be empty I judged the
+rest of the party were on behind somewhere. I just guessed at their
+bein' two more of you, but it seems I hit it."
+
+This was a very lame explanation, but the boys were too greatly worried
+to notice its defects.
+
+"I may as well tell him all," thought Ned. "Perhaps he will relent and
+let us go."
+
+Acting on this impulse he related the occurrences of the previous night,
+and described the perilous situation of Clay and Nugget on the island.
+
+"Won't you let us go and look for our companions now?" he asked. "If
+the island is flooded they are in great danger."
+
+Ned had risen in his eagerness, and now he made a step toward the door.
+
+"Sit down!" thundered Mr. Moxley. "If you lads try to escape I'll put a
+hole through you."
+
+He lifted the gun and patted it significantly, and that instant Ned
+recognized the weapon. It was Mose Hocker's property--the identical
+muzzleloader which Randy had brought up from the depths of Rudy's Hole.
+Ned could see the silver plate set in the breech, and could partially
+read the inscription: "John Armstrong, Maker."
+
+Randy was equally quick to recognize the gun. He gave a little gasp of
+astonishment and looked at Ned.
+
+The agitation of the boys was not observed by the ruffian.
+
+"Just sit still now," he growled. "If you don't you'll be the worse off.
+You needn't be alarmed about your friends. I reckon they'll be along
+this way purty soon."
+
+While speaking Mr. Moxley happened to glance toward the upper end of the
+mill, and through a gaping crevice between the boards he saw something
+that caused a sudden wave of excitement to spread over his face.
+
+Rising quickly to his feet, he seized both boys in an iron grasp and
+dragged them several yards across the floor to a big closet that
+occupied the corner of the mill. He unbolted the door and shoved his
+captives roughly inside.
+
+"Don't you dare to whimper," he hissed savagely. "Mind that, my lads.
+Dude Moxley ain't to be trifled with."
+
+The ruffian slammed the door and bolted it, and the next instant his
+heavy retreating footsteps shook the rotten floor.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+A MYSTERIOUS WARNING
+
+
+It is quite unnecessary to give a minute account of how Clay and Nugget
+spent the night on the island. As the absence of their companions was
+more and more prolonged they became worried and anxious, and gave but
+little thought to their own miserable plight.
+
+The rubber coats shielded them from the rain, and by crouching under the
+trees they avoided the fury of the wind. Nugget faced the situation with
+remarkable fortitude, and uttered but few complaints.
+
+After the gale subsided, and the thunder and lightning became less
+frequent, the boys made occasional trips to the buttonwood tree to see
+how the canoes were faring, and in this way they soon discovered that
+the creek was rising. So rapidly did the flood advance that on the fifth
+visit they found the roots of the buttonwood submerged, and the yellow
+tide within a few inches of the trunk.
+
+At Clay's suggestion the canoes were dragged out on the island, and all
+the baggage was stowed in the hatches. When the task was completed the
+canoes were so heavy that the boys could scarcely lift them; and little
+wonder, since they held just double their usual load.
+
+The water soon began to trickle over the island, and when it was three
+or four inches deep, the boys tied the canoes side by side to a large
+tree, and climbed into their seats. Here they sat, protected by rubber
+coats and canvas aprons until morning dawned.
+
+The broad yellow expanse of the creek, as it whirled swiftly by the
+island with its burden of _debris_ and driftwood, satisfied Clay that
+the absent ones had found it impossible to paddle back.
+
+"There is no use in waiting here any longer," he said to Nugget. "The
+boys may have been carried far down the creek, and are probably looking
+for us at this minute."
+
+"You think they are safe then?" asked Nugget.
+
+"I hope so," replied Clay dubiously. "We'll know to a certainty before
+long. Hand me your knife till I cut the ropes. I tied them in a knot."
+
+"Here you are."
+
+An instant later the canoes drifted off the island, and plunged into the
+swirling flood. Their heavy loads caused them to sink almost to the
+gunwales, and this the boys noted with serious alarm.
+
+"We must keep along shore," said Clay. "If we upset then the danger
+won't be so great."
+
+With extreme caution the boys paddled diagonally to the left bank, where
+they found the current considerably less rapid. They were drifting along
+side by side when a man suddenly appeared from behind a tree a few
+yards ahead, and beckoned them anxiously with his finger.
+
+"Come in here a minute, you fellows," he whispered hoarsely, when the
+canoes were close to him.
+
+The boys ceased paddling, but hesitated to obey.
+
+"I don't mean any harm," added the man. "It's for your own good."
+
+"I wonder what he wants," said Clay. "Perhaps it's something about the
+boys. Let's talk to him, Nugget."
+
+They ran the canoes into a shallow inlet where dry land had been but a
+few hours before, and the stranger came quickly toward them. His
+appearance was not calculated to cause the boys any alarm.
+
+He looked to be about six and twenty. He was poorly dressed, and his
+rather boyish face was covered with a stubbly growth of light hair.
+Something in his features seemed to wake a chord of recognition in
+Clay's heart, and he struggled with his memory to account for it.
+
+The man came close to the canoes, and after casting a furtive glance up
+and down the shore, said in a low voice:
+
+"You needn't get out. I won't keep you long. Where are the other two
+chaps that belong to your party?"
+
+This unexpected question amazed the boys, and they regarded the stranger
+with sudden suspicion.
+
+"I don't mean any harm to you, indeed I don't," he added. "It's just the
+other way."
+
+There was unmistakable sincerity in his words and manner, and after a
+brief deliberation Clay told him how the other boys had started after
+the tent, and had not come back.
+
+"I thought you wanted to tell us something about them," he concluded.
+"Did you just come up the creek?"
+
+"Yes," replied the man. "I was as far down as the next dam, but I didn't
+see a sign of your friends. I reckon they're below that somewheres, so
+you'd better push on and find them. I want to give you chaps a warning.
+Keep your eyes open for a big man with a purple face. If you run across
+him get out of the way as quick as you kin. He's somewhere about this
+neighborhood, too, for I seen his--"
+
+The man stopped abruptly, and after another cautious survey of the
+woods, resumed in a whisper:
+
+"If you fellows do chance to get in trouble through this party, why
+mebbe I'll be near at hand to help. It ain't certain, mind, because he
+may easily give me the slip again. If I kin find him afore he gets away
+this time, it ain't likely he will give you any trouble."
+
+"I don't quite understand," said Clay in a perplexed tone. "Who are you,
+and who is this man that you are warning us about? Why should we be
+afraid of him?"
+
+The stranger shook his head.
+
+"It ain't quite the thing for me to tell," he said slowly. "You see
+nothin' may come of it after all. Just you fellows mind what I say, and
+keep your eyes open. When you find your friends paddle on down the
+creek for a good way before you camp. Good-by, I'm off."
+
+He turned abruptly away, and hurried through the woods toward the base
+of the hill.
+
+Clay called him two or three times, but in vain. He was already out of
+sight.
+
+The boys looked at each other for a moment with unspeakable amazement.
+
+"It's the queerest thing I ever heard of," exclaimed Clay. "I don't
+pretend to understand it. The man was serious in all he said, too."
+
+"There was something familiar about his face," observed Nugget. "At
+least I thought so when I first saw him."
+
+"Why, that's just what struck me," replied Clay eagerly. "I never saw
+_him_ before, but I have seen some one that looks like him."
+
+"That's about the way of it," assented Nugget. "We'll keep a sharp
+lookout for that purple faced man, anyhow."
+
+"We certainly will," replied Clay. "Now then, let's be off. The fellow
+won't return again."
+
+They backed out of the inlet and paddled on down the creek. Hardly a
+word was spoken. The mysterious stranger's warning had taken a deep hold
+upon both lads, and they were so deeply engrossed in puzzling over it
+that they failed to see the dam until it was close to them. The falling
+water made but little noise since the breastwork was almost submerged.
+
+It was a weird and lonely scene that the boys gazed upon now--the broad
+yellow flood under a leaden sky, the gray crumbling mill looming through
+a pall of drizzling rain, and beyond, where the mists deepened, the
+foaming thread of the creek, visible for a brief stretch before it was
+lost among the steep, pine clad hills.
+
+"What a desolate place!" exclaimed Clay. "I don't believe there is a
+human being within a mile. The boys must be farther down, and ten to one
+they shot the dam in the dark. It doesn't look very dangerous, but I
+hardly think we'll risk it, Nugget. That corner by the mill seems a
+likely place to carry around."
+
+"So it does," assented Nugget. "Come ahead, we'll try it."
+
+With cautious strokes they paddled on until a sudden glimpse of the
+sluiceway leading under the mill caused them to pull up short. They
+headed straight for shore, and as they scrambled out at the foot of the
+hill, and pushed through the bushes, intending to see what the chances
+were for a portage, they blundered into the two missing canoes and the
+tent.
+
+"Here's luck!" cried Clay. "Ned and Randy must be--"
+
+The sentence was never finished, for that, instant the bushes rustled,
+parted, and a big burly man with a purplish red face stepped out.
+
+The blank amazement and fear on the faces of the two lads was a study
+for an artist. Before them was the living verification of the
+mysterious warning. There was no mistaking that ruddy countenance.
+
+The stranger spoke first.
+
+"You're just the lads I'm looking for. Your friends are lying in yonder
+mill. They went over the dam in their canoes this morning at daybreak.
+
+"I happened to see them and saved their lives. They were pretty near
+drowned, but I managed to bring them around all right. They ain't able
+to walk yet, so they asked me to go up the creek and hunt you fellows.
+Come right along and I'll take you to them."
+
+Was Mr. Dude Moxley's brain muddled that he should have inserted such a
+gross error in his otherwise plausible little story? Perhaps he did not
+have time to plan it thoroughly in his hasty advance from the mill, or
+had calculated on finding his new victims at any other place than this.
+
+Frightened as the boys were they noted the discrepancy, and it opened
+their eyes to the seriousness of the situation. "If our friends went
+over the dam this morning," asked Clay with a touch of scorn, pointing
+to the canoes and the tent, "how do these come to be here?"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+AN INSOLENT DEMAND
+
+
+A dangerous glitter in the man's eyes showed that Clay's question was
+not at all to his liking.
+
+"How them canoes got here is none of your business," he answered
+emphatically, "and I don't want no argument about it. Step lively now in
+the direction of that mill."
+
+The mask was off, and the boys realized that they were prisoners. Their
+captor's sullen features and the gun that he bore on his shoulder
+forbade any attempt at escape.
+
+With sinking hearts they trudged along the shore a few feet in advance
+of the ruffian. They had no doubt that their companions were confined in
+the mill, and it was some consolation to know they were going to join
+them. Why they had been captured at all, and what object was to be
+gained by it was a mystery too deep for comprehension.
+
+From time to time the tramp uttered a brief order, and in this way he
+drove the boys before him, across the sluiceway, and then over the
+rickety floor of the mill to the lower corner. He unbolted the closet
+door and shoved them roughly in.
+
+It was not by any means a joyful reunion for the Jolly Rovers, but they
+were very glad to be together again nevertheless. A crevice in the door
+admitted some light to the closet, and at the same time afforded a view
+of Mr. Moxley, who was then sitting on the sawdust heap, examining the
+contents of his grain bag.
+
+He drew out two dead chickens, half a dozen ears of corn, and a quantity
+of apples and pears--a sure proof that he had secretly been plundering
+some farmer. He began to munch one of the apples, and the boys took
+advantage of the opportunity to narrate their adventures in low,
+whispered tones.
+
+When all had been told the mystery was no nearer solution than
+before--in fact it was even more complex.
+
+"I can't imagine why this fellow has gone to such trouble and risk to
+capture us all," said Ned. "I hardly think he will do any harm. We must
+wait patiently and see what happens."
+
+"I can't understand that warning Nugget and I received," added Clay. "I
+hope the man will keep his word and help us out of this scrape."
+
+"I wouldn't count on that," replied Ned; "and yet there may be more in
+it than we suppose."
+
+"Hush!" whispered Randy with his eyes to the crevice. "Here comes the
+tramp."
+
+Moxley rose and approached the closet. He partially opened the door, and
+then walked back a few paces behind one of the logs.
+
+"Now step out, you chaps," he commanded sternly. "I have a little
+business to attend to, and I want it done quietly."
+
+The boys tremblingly obeyed, and when they were grouped before the door
+the ruffian added, "Now go through your pockets and lay everything you
+have on this log. See that you don't keep anything back."
+
+It was hard to submit to this audacious robbery, but there was no
+alternative. Moxley had the gun in his hands.
+
+The boys deposited all they had about them on the log--watches, money,
+keys, fishing tackle, and handkerchiefs. The fellow made them turn every
+pocket inside out, and when he was satisfied that all were empty he
+appropriated the money, watches, and keys. The other articles he
+contemptuously rejected, and allowed the boys to take them back.
+
+Then he drove his prisoners into the closet and bolted the door--much to
+their surprise and consternation, for they had confidently expected to
+be turned loose.
+
+"No racket now," he growled. "I ain't going so far away but what I kin
+hear you. It won't do to yell or kick, for the door is too strong to
+break, and there ain't another living creature within a mile."
+
+He tramped heavily across the floor and left the mill.
+
+The loss of their valuables had made the boys so angry and indignant
+that they were little inclined to regard the warning. They soon came to
+the conclusion, however, that escape was really impossible.
+
+The door was stoutly built, and rendered still stronger by heavy cross
+bars. The hinges and the bolts were massive. The combined efforts of all
+four failed to make any impression, and they soon abandoned the attempt.
+
+"Great Caesar! I see it all now," exclaimed Ned suddenly. "That
+scoundrel is going to carry off our canoes, and leave us to get out the
+best way we can!"
+
+No one doubted that Ned was right. The boys stared at each other in
+speechless consternation.
+
+It was bad enough to lose their watches and money, but now they were
+about to be deprived of everything--clothes, canoes, and tent. It meant
+the sudden termination of the cruise, and an ignominious return home.
+
+"Let's pound and kick with all our might," suggested Clay. "The door
+can't hold out forever."
+
+Before any one could reply a heavy tread was heard, and looking through
+the crevice Ned made the startling announcement that the ruffian had
+returned.
+
+The boys hardly knew whether to be glad or sorry at this piece of news.
+They feared a greater misfortune than the loss of all their property.
+
+Crowding close to the crevice--which extended upward the length of the
+door--they peered eagerly into the room. Moxley had not returned empty
+handed. He had employed his brief absence in rifling the canoes, and was
+laden with their entire contents, excepting the dishes and the fishing
+rods.
+
+He deposited his burden on the sawdust and sat down beside it. Very
+slowly and attentively he ransacked the bags of clothes, the packets of
+provisions, and the little japanned tin boxes in which the boys kept
+paper and envelopes, stamps, fishing tackle, and various other articles.
+
+Then he took the empty grain sack and stuffed it with the clothes, and a
+large portion of the provisions. He appropriated all the stamps he could
+find, and pushed the tin boxes aside.
+
+Having completed his arrangements he walked over to the closet and
+opened the door. Then he sat down on a log facing the boys with his gun
+across his knee.
+
+"I think I have you chaps pretty tight," he said, wrinkling his face
+into an ugly smile. "I have a very particular engagement about twenty
+miles from here, and it was my first intention to start away this
+morning. But seein' as the rain is still coming down I have changed my
+mind and will give you the pleasure of my company fur a few hours
+longer.
+
+"The fact is I've taken quite a fancy to you chaps--quite a decided
+fancy. There's one young gentleman in your party I'm 'specially anxious
+to see. I've had a cherished memento of him fur the last ten days, and
+it's quite a load on my mind because I haven't given him anything in
+return. It keeps me from sleepin' sound at nights."
+
+Here Mr. Moxley threw out his right leg, and turned the trousers up a
+few inches, revealing half a dozen red scars on his ankle.
+
+"That's the memento I speak of," he said. "It's a purty one, isn't it?"
+
+There was a breathless pause. The boys turned pale before the ferocious
+glance of the scoundrel. The mystery was clear as daylight now.
+
+Their captor was none other than Bug Batters's desperate companion. From
+sheer love of revenge he must have been tracking the Jolly Rovers ever
+since that momentous night nearly two weeks previous.
+
+Moxley gloated over the consternation and the dread that were depicted
+on the faces of his prisoners. He did not speak for a moment, but gazed
+at the boys with a cruel smile that was more terrible than a
+manifestation of anger.
+
+"Well," he said finally, "I reckon you know who I am by this time. I'll
+give you just five minutes to point out the lad who peppered me with
+salt. If you're sensible chaps you'll do it without hesitation. If you
+try to make a fool out of me I'll serve you all the same way I intend to
+serve him. I'm a fair minded man, and don't want to punish the innocent
+with the guilty if I kin help it."
+
+The boys looked at one another without speaking. If Randy was a shade
+paler than the others it escaped the notice of Mr. Moxley, although he
+was scanning all the faces intently, with a view to picking out the
+guilty one by his own powers of perception.
+
+"The allotted time is slipping away," he said grimly. "The right party
+had better speak up quick. Oh! you needn't look out of the windows. No
+one comes near this place in the summer, and there ain't a house within
+three quarters of a mile. I've got you right in my power, and there
+ain't no hope of escape."
+
+"I hardly think you will get the information you want," said Ned in a
+firm but husky voice. "I for one shan't tell you, and I advise my
+friends to do the same. It's not likely we would put one of our
+companions in your power after the threats you have made. If you wish to
+avoid trouble in the future you will be satisfied with robbing us, and
+will let us go without any worse treatment. As for the shooting--no one
+was to blame but yourself. You had no business to attack our camp that
+night."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+A DARING ATTEMPT
+
+
+Moxley's face turned a deeper shade of purple, and he made a threatening
+step toward Ned.
+
+"You're a bold lad," he said with a harsh laugh. "There are not many
+would dare to speak to me in that way. But it wasn't you who fired the
+gun that night. I can tell by your actions that you're anxious to screen
+one of your companions."
+
+He paused a moment and then went on: "You'll find out before long that
+Dude Moxley ain't to be trifled with. I'll get what I want out of you
+obstinate pig headed chaps if it takes a week. I know how to bring you
+to terms. Back you go in that closet now, and there you stay until you
+can listen to reason. When you hand over the lad I want the rest of you
+can go free, and so can the other one for that matter--when I'm through
+with him.
+
+"Perhaps when he finds his companions are suffering for what he did, his
+conscience will make him confess. But mark you now, if this affair ain't
+settled by to-morrow's dawn I'll chop up your canoes and burn the tent.
+I'll do more than that, too. I'll bind and gag you, and leave you here
+alone. And not a bite do you get to eat, either."
+
+With this ultimatum Mr. Moxley rose, and bolted the door. Then he sat
+down on the sawdust, and sorting out some crackers and jerked beef from
+the provisions began to eat greedily.
+
+He was evidently quite satisfied to spend another night at the mill, for
+the rain was coming down faster than ever. What he had told the boys
+about the loneliness and security of the place was no idle boast, else
+he would have made haste to leave the locality with his plunder.
+
+Meanwhile a very excited discussion was being carried on in whispers
+behind the closet door.
+
+Randy, stricken with remorse for the troubles in which he had involved
+his companions, was resolved to admit the shooting.
+
+"I'd sooner stand the punishment than see you fellows starving here," he
+said. "It will save the canoes and the tent, too. I don't believe the
+man will dare to harm me. He is only trying to scare us."
+
+"Not a bit of it," replied Ned stoutly. "He's a thoroughbred villain,
+and will certainly take some revenge on you. Your resolve does you lots
+of credit, Randy, but it won't do. You might repent it all the days of
+your life."
+
+Clay and Nugget were of the same mind, and earnestly urged Randy to
+abandon his rash intention.
+
+"Help may be nearer than we think," said Clay. "The man who stopped us
+up the creek this morning was certainly Bug Batters, and it looks very
+much to me as though he has been following this Moxley on purpose to
+keep him from doing us any injury. He may feel grateful to us, you know,
+because we saved his brother--or rather you did, Ned."
+
+"And Bug Batters knew that Moxley was in the vicinity," whispered
+Nugget. "That's who he was looking for when we met him."
+
+"I have no doubt that the stranger was Bug Batters," said Ned, "and I
+think he is trying to prevent his old companion from carrying out his
+revenge, as Clay suggests. But what has become of Bug Batters now? That
+is the important question. I am afraid he has strayed off in some other
+direction. If he came near the mill he could not help finding the
+canoes."
+
+"He told us he had been down the creek just before we met him," remarked
+Clay, "but he could not have been all the way to the mill, for the two
+canoes and the tent were there then, and he did not say anything about
+them."
+
+"And when he left us he struck back toward the base of the hill," added
+Nugget.
+
+"It looks very much as though he had lost the trail entirely," said Ned.
+"He may be three or four miles away. It would be very foolish to count
+on getting help from him, anyhow."
+
+"Then we don't stand a ghost of a chance," muttered Randy. "You had
+better let me have my own way. I'll throw myself on that fellow's
+mercy."
+
+"You won't do anything of the kind," said Ned firmly. "We won't let
+you. If anything serious happened we would have to shoulder the blame.
+If you are really sorry for being the cause of this scrape, prove it by
+dropping your foolish project."
+
+"You take things coolly enough," grumbled Randy. "Do you want us to stay
+cooped up here for a week, and lose everything we have? Go ahead, then.
+I won't say any more."
+
+In truth Randy was glad enough to give up his resolve. Remorse had
+prompted him to make the offer, and he had secretly hoped that his
+companions would refuse to accept the sacrifice.
+
+"I don't intend that we shall stay here a week, or even a night, if I
+can help it," said Ned, after a pause. "I have a little plan in my head,
+but it won't work until evening. If that fails we still have a slim
+chance left.
+
+"The farmer from whom those chickens were stolen may stray down here in
+search of the thief, and it is not impossible that Mose Hocker is
+somewhere about here. This man certainly stole that gun from Hocker's
+cabin, and if he took the boat at the same time--which I believe he
+did--Hocker will surely try to recover his property, and will naturally
+look for it along the creek."
+
+Ned's reasoning--and especially his intimation of a plan to escape--put
+the boys in a more cheerful mood. They were all thoroughly exhausted for
+want of sleep, but that was of little consequence compared with the
+pangs of hunger and thirst they were enduring. They had eaten nothing
+since the previous evening, nor had a drop of water touched their lips.
+And it was now past noon.
+
+It was aggravating, nay, maddening, to know that their store of
+provisions was so close. Well they realized the futility of appealing to
+their merciless captor.
+
+He had said they should have no food, and they knew he meant it. No
+doubt he would deny them water also, and they did not venture to ask it.
+
+They could see the fellow plainly. He was sprawled in a lazy attitude on
+the sawdust, pulling at his foul black pipe. Occasionally he took a
+flat, greenish bottle from his pocket and tasted the contents with a
+satisfactory smack of the lips. The fumes of bad tobacco and whisky
+began to permeate the closet.
+
+So the long afternoon wore on. Moxley seemed quite unconcerned about his
+prisoners. He was well content to lie on the soft sawdust with his
+bottle and his pipe, secure from the pelting rain that was falling
+outside.
+
+Ned kept a close watch upon him, noting with satisfaction that he had
+frequent recourse to the bottle. His potations would likely induce
+sleep.
+
+It seemed to the impatient boys that night would never come, but at last
+the gray light faded from the crevice, and the dusk of evening deepened
+the shadows in the old mill.
+
+Before it was fairly dark Moxley lighted one of the lanterns that he
+had brought from the canoes and put it on a log. It was a bullseye, and
+he so trained it that the yellow glare shone on the sawdust heap.
+
+Perhaps he fancied it an excellent substitute for sunlight, which all
+tramps love so dearly. At all events he basked in it while he smoked a
+couple of pipes, and then, after several ineffectual efforts to sit
+straight, he rolled over on his back.
+
+A moment later heavy snores came from his parted lips. He was
+undoubtedly asleep.
+
+It may be imagined with what anxiety Ned had been watching this little
+scene through the crevice.
+
+"The time has come," he whispered to his companions. "Moxley won't wake
+in a hurry now. But to make sure, suppose you mount guard there, Randy."
+
+"What are you going to do?" asked Randy, as he crouched down on the
+floor. "Break the door open?"
+
+"Not much. I'll show you in a moment."
+
+The closet in which the boys were confined was built right against the
+rear end of the mill. Its dimensions were ample--eight feet long and
+about four wide. Underneath was the wasteway, but its usual roar was now
+subdued by an influx of water from the flooded creek.
+
+Ned had been quietly examining the situation during the day, and had
+noted the shaky condition of the floor planks. He now directed Clay and
+Nugget to stand close to the door. Then kneeling down he inserted both
+hands in a crevice between two of the planks and pulled with all his
+might.
+
+A ripping noise, a sharp crack--and the worm eaten plank came free of
+the beams, leaving a gaping orifice in the very center of the floor,
+four feet long by a foot and a half wide.
+
+Ned trembled like a leaf.
+
+"Is it all right?" he whispered eagerly.
+
+"Yes," replied Randy. "The rascal is sound asleep. He didn't budge."
+
+"I'm glad of that."
+
+The boys looked timidly down the hole, and crouched closer to the wall.
+Far below, through the network of crossed beams, they could see the
+eddying flood. It looked immeasurably distant.
+
+"You don't expect us to go down there, I hope," queried Clay.
+
+"No, but I intend you to lower _me_ through," answered Ned. "If I can
+reach one of those rafters I will be all right. It won't be a difficult
+matter to get out on land. Then I will hurry around to the door,
+liberate you fellows, while Moxley is sleeping, seize his gun--and then
+away for freedom."
+
+Ned drew a long breath at the prospect.
+
+"Now this is what I want you to do," he resumed in a calmer tone. "If
+the rafters are too far below me you must let me down to them by one of
+your coats. Brace yourselves now so you can stand the strain."
+
+The boys obeyed and Randy stripped off his coat in case it should be
+needed.
+
+Then Ned lowered himself at one end of the hole, and swung clear down.
+
+He pulled himself up, and clung by his elbows. "No good," he whispered
+hoarsely. "The nearest rafter is a foot below. Let me have the coat. It
+will be safer than trusting to your hands. I might drag you down with
+me."
+
+The three boys braced themselves around the hole, and took a firm grasp
+of the upper part of the coat.
+
+"All right," whispered Randy.
+
+By a dexterous movement Ned transferred his hold from the planking to
+the more precarious support and slipped downward, hand over hand. An
+instant later his feet touched a broad, solid beam.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+AN UNEXPECTED ENCOUNTER
+
+
+The instant the tension relaxed the boys drew the coat up.
+
+"All right!" came Ned's voice from the darkness. "Put the plank back in
+place now and keep very quiet. Wait a moment," he added quickly.
+"Something just occurred to me. I may be right and I may be wrong, but
+at all events don't you fellows be scared if you hear a big splash."
+
+"We won't," whispered Randy.
+
+Then the plank was dropped noiselessly over the hole.
+
+Ned straddled the rafter--it was too dark to risk an upright
+position--and made his way to the nearest end, which terminated in one
+of the walls of masonry that formed the sides of the sluiceway, and on
+which the mill partially rested. Then he turned around and crept to the
+other end, where he found the same state of affairs.
+
+His fears were now confirmed. The mill rose fairly from the two stone
+walls, and there was no way of escaping overhead, even had the other
+rafters been within reach. His only chance lay in the flooded waterway
+underneath.
+
+Ned had more than half expected this, and was therefore prepared for the
+emergency. Without hesitation he swung from the rafter and dropped
+through eight feet of space into the turbid flood.
+
+He went clear under, but came to the surface quickly, and swam with
+vigorous strokes down the wasteway. Both the air and the water were
+warm, and he felt little discomfort.
+
+Between the reflex current from the creek on top, and the undertow from
+the sluiceway beneath, he was buffeted about considerably before he
+succeeded in emerging on the spit of land between the mill and the
+creek. He squeezed the water from his clothes as well as he could, and
+started up the slope through the stones and bushes. A misty drizzle of
+rain was still falling.
+
+He redoubled his caution as he neared the upper end of the mill.
+Creeping on hands and knees to the door, he peeped cautiously over the
+threshold. He was hardly prepared for what met his gaze.
+
+He had confidently expected to find Moxley sound asleep, and instead of
+that the fellow was sitting upright with his gun across his knees, and
+his bottle in one hand. Perhaps the splash made by Ned's drop into the
+wasteway had wakened him without arousing his supicions. He had no
+present intention of going to sleep, for he moved a little closer to the
+light of the lantern, and filled his pipe.
+
+For a moment Ned felt the disappointment keenly. He knew what a severe
+blow it must be to his companions. It was out of the question to rescue
+them now, for Moxley was directly between the door and the closet.
+
+Ned had been so sure of effecting his plan without hindrance, that it
+had not occurred to him what step to take in case of failure. But a
+brief consideration of matters raised his spirits, and he resolved to
+seek the nearest farmhouse and obtain help.
+
+"That is a far better plan anyhow," he reflected with satisfaction.
+"Moxley will be captured, and we will recover our watches and money. And
+we won't have to start down this flooded creek in the dark, either, I
+must be quick, though, for Moxley might happen to open the closet and
+discover my absence. I wish there was some way of letting the boys know
+what I am going to do."
+
+This was manifestly impossible, so Ned crawled away from the door and
+crossed the sluice to the foot of the hill. He could not withstand the
+temptation to go up the creek and have a look at the canoes.
+
+He found them all safely out of reach of the flood, for Moxley was too
+shrewd a man to let them go adrift, and perhaps cause an investigation
+that would frustrate his plans.
+
+As Ned was turning away his eye caught a sudden gleam from the cockpit
+of Clay's canoe, and on making an investigation he was surprised to find
+Randy's gun. Moxley must have overlooked it.
+
+The weapon was useless, for the ammunition had been carried off, but Ned
+shouldered it and started briskly down the creek. At the sluiceway he
+found a well trodden footpath, and followed it along the rear side of
+the mill, and thence by the base of the hill to a wagon road which began
+abruptly at the edge of the wasteway, where there was no doubt a fording
+to the opposite neck of land.
+
+Ned concluded that the road led to the home of the man who owned the
+mill, and he was about starting off in haste when his eyes fell on a
+boat that protruded from a clump of bushes a few yards down the shore.
+
+On going close he recognized it instantly by the peculiar arrangement of
+the seats. It was Mose Hocker's boat. Moxley had carried it off when he
+stole the gun.
+
+"I say, young fellow, don't be quick with that shootin' iron; I want to
+talk to you."
+
+The voice came from a thicket a few feet up the bank, and as Ned stood
+still with fear and amazement, a man slipped out and stood before him.
+
+Ned instantly guessed the identity of the newcomer.
+
+"You are Bug Batters?" he asked quickly.
+
+"Yes, I'm Bug Batters, and I reckon you are one of them canoein' chaps.
+I took you fur some one else at first--fur the man what put this boat
+here."
+
+"You mean Dude Moxley," said Ned. "Well, I can tell you where he is. In
+spite of your warning we all fell into his hands, and I'm the only one
+that's free so far."
+
+He went on with his story and quickly made the situation clear.
+
+Bug was amazed to learn how close his old companion was.
+
+"It's a purty bad fix," he said slowly, "but I reckon we can't get your
+friends out of it. It's a pity you have no loading fur that gun. You
+see, Moxley is a bad man and won't listen to argument. We'll have to
+think over the matter a little bit, and meanwhile I'll tell you how I
+come to be here."
+
+Both sat down on the boat, and Bug began his narrative.
+
+"I'm a purty rough customer, but I've got a heart like other men, and
+I'm grateful to you because one of you saved my brother from drowning.
+Moxley was awful mad when you gave him the slip, but he didn't think of
+going after you at first. Two or three days later he heard accidentally
+that you fellows was camping some place along the creek--I furget the
+name of it now--and knowin' from this that you weren't in any hurry he
+got into his head to go after you.
+
+"I tried to talk him out of it, but it weren't any use, so then I let on
+I was agreed to it, meanin' all the time to stand by you fellows. Well,
+we traveled down the creek fur a couple of days until a rock knocked the
+bottom out of our boat and sunk it."
+
+Bug hesitated briefly, and then resumed in a faltering voice: "We
+picked up another boat that night, and started off again, but I reckon
+Moxley must have suddenly got suspicious of me, for when morning came he
+gave me the slip and that was the last I seen of him. Knowin' that he
+meant mischief, and knowin' that you chaps couldn't be far away, I
+follered the creek on down.
+
+"Before daylight this morning I found the boat here. I went up the creek
+then lookin' fur Moxley, and that's when I met two of your party and
+warned them."
+
+"But where have you been all day?" interrupted Ned. "We thought you had
+gone off in some other direction."
+
+"I'll tell you where I've been," muttered Bug angrily. "I had a streak
+of hard luck this morning. After I left your fellows I struck over the
+hill to the nearest farmhouse, thinkin' Moxley might be prowlin' around
+for something to eat. I reckon he'd been there before me, because the
+first thing I knew a big ugly farmer and his hired man had me fast. They
+swore I'd been stealin' chickens an' corn, and wouldn't let me say a
+word. They penned me up in an outbuilding, intending to lug me to
+Carlisle jail in the morning. But I broke out about an hour ago, and
+came straight down here, and when I seen the boat I knew Moxley must be
+somewhere around yet."
+
+"That _was_ hard luck," said Ned, smiling at the recollection. "Moxley
+had a whole bag of chickens, and corn, and fruit in the mill. The farmer
+thought you were the man that stole it. It was awfully kind of you to
+go to all this trouble and risk on our account. There are not many men
+who would have done it."
+
+"You saved my brother's life," replied Bug doggedly. "It takes a good
+deal to square a debt of that kind. There's one thing I'd like to say
+though. It goes agin the grain to serve an old pal an ill turn--no
+matter how bad a man he is. I'm willing to get your friends free, an'
+save your money, and watches, an' everything else, but I ain't goin' to
+be the means of puttin' Moxley in jail--if I can help it. I'm afraid,
+for one thing, because he'd hunt me down as soon as he got out."
+
+"Well, I'll leave the whole affair in your hands then," replied Ned. "I
+was just on my way to the farmhouse when you stopped me. What do you
+think we had better do? Wait for Moxley to go to sleep again, or try to
+capture him with this empty gun?"
+
+Before Bug could open his lips to reply a slight noise was heard in the
+bushes, and three men suddenly appeared on the other side of the boat.
+
+"We have you at last, you scoundrel," cried a harsh voice.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+THE SIEGE BEGINS
+
+
+The unexpected appearance of the three strangers stupefied Ned, but Bug
+turned like a flash and started to run. Two of the men instantly
+overhauled him and threw him roughly to the ground, while a third
+hastily opened the slide of a dark lantern that was strapped to his
+waist and cast a flood of light upon the scene.
+
+Ned uttered a gasp of amazement. The man with the lantern was Mose
+Hocker.
+
+The recognition was mutual.
+
+"You here!" cried Hocker in a pained voice. "I didn't expect this. Is it
+possible that you lads came down to my cabin and stole the gun and the
+boat? I wouldn't have believed it of you without the evidence of my own
+eyes."
+
+"And this here's the same feller I had locked up in the smoke house,"
+exclaimed one of Bug's captors. "I'll bet he don't steal any more
+chickens for a while."
+
+Ned stood pale and agitated before his accuser--quite at a loss for
+words to explain.
+
+"I'm sorry for you," resumed Hocker, "but I must do my duty an' hand
+you over to constable Jeffries. Where are the rest of your party?"
+
+The words came with a rush now as Ned eagerly denied his guilt and
+explained away the incriminating circumstances.
+
+Then, while the others clustered about him, he commenced the story at
+the beginning, and went through with it thread by thread.
+
+His excitement caused him to speak a little inarticulately; and he
+missed a few details, but by adroit cross questioning his hearers
+obtained a clear understanding of the whole situation--starting with the
+rescue of Bug's brother and ending with the events that had recently
+transpired at the mill.
+
+Ned was so anxious to procure Bug's release that he quite forgot his
+suspicions of a few moments before--namely, that Bug was equally guilty
+with Moxley of the theft of the boat and the gun.
+
+"Won't you let him go?" he pleaded. "It's all a mistake. He had nothing
+to do with stealing those things from the farmer. He was doing all he
+could to help us."
+
+But Hocker had formed his own opinion after hearing Ned's story, and so
+had constable Jeffries and Mr. Zinn, the farmer.
+
+"I'm mighty glad to know you lads ain't guilty," said Hocker, "and I ax
+your pardon for my wrong suspicion. As for this fellow, I ain't so sure
+about him. I don't doubt that he's really been trying to get you chaps
+out of a scrape though, and I promise you he'll get full credit for it.
+Meanwhile we'd better make sure of him--just as a matter of form, you
+know."
+
+He nodded to Jeffries and the latter slipped a pair of bracelets on
+Bug's wrists.
+
+Ned was surprised and indignant. He saw no reason for such a step.
+
+"Don't be worried, lad," remarked Hocker soothingly. "He may be turned
+loose later on. You see I can't afford to let the guilty parties escape
+after the hard chase they've given me. Why, Jeffries and I have been
+scourin' all along the creek in a buggy. We happened to strike Zinn's
+farm this evening, and stopped fur information. Zinn told us he had a
+man locked up in the smoke house, but when we went to look the fellow
+was gone.
+
+"I suspected it was the party I wanted, an' knowin' that in that case
+the boat couldn't be far away, we hurried down to the creek. And it's
+well we did for your sake as well as mine. The next thing is to rescue
+the lads and capture the rascal. We had better be quick or he will take
+alarm and leave the mill."
+
+"Moxley is the fellow's name, is it?" said the farmer. "It has a kind of
+familiar ring to my ears."
+
+"I know the man," spoke up Jeffries. "Dude Moxley he goes by, but that
+ain't his real name. He comes from a good family up the valley, and was
+well educated when a lad. Drink ruined him, and now he's one of the
+greatest scamps unhung. I know this other chap, too," added the
+constable. "His folks are sober, respectable people over at the Gap,
+but he ain't much better than Moxley. We've met more than once before.
+How is it, my man?"
+
+Bug hung his head but said nothing.
+
+The scene was inexpressibly painful to Ned, and he was greatly relieved
+when the conversation turned on the rescue of his companions. He little
+dreamed that the most exciting incidents of this already eventful night
+were yet to come.
+
+"We had better cross to the neck of land in your boat, Hocker,"
+suggested Zinn. "The plank over that sluiceway makes a lot of racket,
+and the scoundrel may hear us and slip away."
+
+This happy idea was carried out. The entire party embarked, and landed a
+moment later about ten yards below the mill. The rain had ceased some
+time before, and the moon was now peeping through a rift in the scudding
+clouds.
+
+As the men crept up the stony slope they saw through the gaping crevices
+of the mill the yellow gleam from Moxley's lantern. Suddenly it
+vanished, and a creaking noise was hear.
+
+"The rascal is escaping. We must run for it," whispered Hocker. He
+bounded forward with Jeffries at his heels. Zinn fell behind, leaving
+Bug in charge.
+
+The men swiftly turned the upper corner of the mill just as the door was
+slammed and bolted in their faces. Hocker began to kick savagely and
+wrench the handle.
+
+"That won't do any good," exclaimed Zinn, as he reached the spot. "I
+made a strong job of that door, and it will take more than a little to
+break it down. There are plenty of other places that can be forced in."
+
+A brief pause followed, and then a sullen voice issued from behind the
+door.
+
+"I'll put a hole through the first man that tries to enter this mill. I
+mean what I say. Dude Moxley ain't to be trifled with."
+
+The men hastily withdrew, first taking the precaution to remove the
+plank that covered the sluiceway.
+
+"The rascal must have seen us coming up the slope in the moonlight,"
+muttered Hocker. "I suppose he thought we had the place surrounded and
+every avenue of escape cut off. He's a desperate fellow, and may stand a
+long siege."
+
+In truth Moxley seemed to be preparing for that very thing. He boldly
+drew in the shutters of the two windows that the faced the creek, and a
+moment later he began to roll logs about, evidently fortifying the weak
+places in the wall.
+
+"That may be only a ruse," said Jeffries. "Is there any way of escape
+from the other side?"
+
+"Of course there is," exclaimed the farmer. "He can easily drop from the
+second story window to the foot of the hill. Lend me that empty gun," he
+added, turning to Ned. "I'll cross the wasteway in the boat and get
+behind the trees a few yards up the hill. If the rascal attempts to
+crawl out the window I'll scare him back."
+
+Ned handed over the gun, and the farmer departed in haste. Hocker and
+Jeffries moved aside and carried on a whispered conversation.
+
+Bug was left to his own devices. He could not escape, for the removal of
+the plank from the sluiceway made the place literally an island. He sat
+down on a big stone, with his manacled hands resting on his knees. Ned
+was restless and heartsick, and the prolonged suspense grew more
+intolerable every moment. He was afraid that Moxley would vent his anger
+on the boys, and perhaps do them an injury.
+
+Hocker divined the lad's thoughts.
+
+"Don't be downhearted," he said. "Your friends are safe enough. The
+scoundrel won't dare to hurt them. By and by, if the siege threatens to
+last, we'll find a way to get them out of the mill."
+
+"I hope you will succeed," said Ned. "It's hard to tell what that
+ruffian will do. And none of us have had anything to eat since last
+evening at supper time."
+
+Hocker was thunderstruck on hearing this, and hastily produced a double
+handful of crackers from the capacious pocket of his coat.
+
+"That will take the edge off your hunger," he said. "I bought them at a
+country store as we drove by this morning. When Zinn's hired man comes
+down to see where his master is--as he surely will before long--I'll
+send him back for food. If we can't get your friends out of the mill we
+can at least send them something to eat through that loose board. By
+means of the boat one of us can climb into the rafters."
+
+This plan seemed feasible, and Ned felt no compunctions about eating the
+crackers. Nothing had ever tasted so good to him before.
+
+Meanwhile Hocker and Jeffries had been quietly holding another
+consultation, and now the latter advanced to the side of the mill.
+
+"Moxley," he called in a loud voice, "if you know what's best for you,
+you will quietly hand out that gun, and deliver yourself up. The more
+trouble you give us, the harder it will be for you in the end. You can't
+possibly escape, and your capture is only a question of time. We are
+well armed, and won't stand any fooling. Come out now and we'll make it
+as easy for you as possible."
+
+There was a brief pause, and then creaking footsteps were heart as
+Moxley approached the wall.
+
+"You can talk all night," he shouted hoarsely, "but it won't do any
+good. Don't you come too close, Bill Jeffries, or I might draw a bead on
+you. We have more than one old score to settle. As for getting me out of
+here, you and ten like you can't do it. I have plenty of ammunition and
+plenty to eat, and this place will hold me as long as I want to stay.
+You can't take me inside of a week. I have four prisoners in here, and
+not a mouthful of food will they get, not a sup of water, as long as you
+fellows are prowling around. I mean what I say, Jeffries, and you know
+it. For your own good I warn you to get out of this. I'll shoot the
+first man that enters the mill."
+
+To enforce this hostile declaration Moxley thrust the muzzle of his gun
+through a crevice, and Jeffries hastily retreated.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI
+
+BUG'S PROPOSITION
+
+
+There was dead silence for a while. It was only too evident that Moxley
+meant what he said, and though Jeffries and Hocker were brave men, they
+were reluctant to engage in a struggle with all the odds against them.
+
+Accompanied by Ned and Bug they moved down to the edge of the water--a
+distance of less than thirty feet in the present condition of the
+creek--and ensconced themselves in some thick bushes. There was no
+slight risk that Moxley would shoot through the crevices if the
+moonlight afforded him a tempting chance.
+
+"If we can wait in patience the game will fall into our hands," said
+Jeffries. "The rascal has been drinking, and the fiery stuff has given
+him false courage. After a while he will either fall asleep or become
+helpless from intoxication."
+
+"I wonder if the boys know that help is outside," remarked Ned, "I wish
+I could get a few words with them."
+
+"Of course they know it," replied Hocker. "They heard every word that
+was said, and they have too much sense to make any outcry. We'll get
+them out of the scrape before long, never fear."
+
+Just then the farmer's shrill voice rang out distinctly from the
+hillside behind the mill:
+
+"Keep back, you rascal. If you crawl out that window I'll drop you quick
+as a wink."
+
+"Moxley is trying to escape from the second floor," muttered Hocker.
+"Wait a moment. I'll be back right away."
+
+He crept down the shore of the creek, and crossed the slope to the
+wasteway.
+
+"Is it all right, Zinn?" he called out.
+
+"Yes," came the reply. "The rascal stuck his ugly head out of the winder
+a moment ago, but I scared him back. He can't escape on this side."
+
+Hocker was about to rejoin his companions when a dark figure came down
+the road and passed through a strip of moonlight which served to reveal
+his identity. It was Abner Peck, the farm hand.
+
+In response to a whispered command from Hocker the man jumped into the
+boat and pulled hastily across the wasteway. Hocker briefly explained
+the situation, and after a little further conversation Abner recrossed
+to the main land, while Hocker hurried back to his companions and
+related what had occurred.
+
+"I sent him up to the house for provisions and a rope," he concluded,
+"and when he returns we'll try to get the lads out of the closet."
+
+This piece of news cheered Ned considerably, and helped him to endure
+the suspense with fortitude. Nearly an hour passed by without a sound
+from the mill or the alert watcher on the hillside.
+
+The creek was still rising by slow degrees, but the sky was rapidly
+clearing and gave every promise of continued fair weather.
+
+Finally a low whistle was heard, and Hocker noiselessly disappeared. He
+returned in less than five minutes, and announced that Abner was waiting
+with the provisions and the rope.
+
+"Now I have an idea for working this little scheme," he added.
+"Jeffries, you go to the other end of the mill and open a conversation
+with Moxley--let on you want to reason with him some more. Keep him
+talking as long as you can, and meanwhile me and this lad will slip up
+the wasteway in the boat and try to get the lads free. If anything goes
+wrong, whistle."
+
+Jeffries was quite satisfied to take the part assigned to him. He moved
+off in one direction, while Hocker and Ned took the other. Bug was left
+alone in the bushes.
+
+Jeffries was already in conversation with Moxley when his companions
+reached the wasteway. They could hear the voices of the two men
+indistinctly.
+
+Hocker motioned Ned to the rear seat beside Abner; then seizing the oars
+he pulled the boat swiftly into the deep shadows under the mill. The
+next step was a more difficult one.
+
+Bidding Abner take the oars, and keep the boat in the same position if
+possible, he tossed the rope over the very beam to which Ned had
+descended, and catching the end, tied it to the main part of the rope in
+such a way as to form a sort of swinging loop, which could not slip. By
+standing on the seat he managed to get one foot in this loop; then
+clutching both parts of the rope he drew himself quickly up, and after
+swaying to and fro for an instant, threw one arm over the rafter. An
+instant later he was straddling it, and pulling the rope after him he
+untied the loop.
+
+"Now, lad," he whispered, "call your companions. They won't know my
+voice."
+
+But this was rendered unnecessary by a sudden rasping noise above, as
+the loose plank was carefully lifted from its place.
+
+"Randy! Randy!" whispered Ned. "It's all right. We're going to rescue
+you."
+
+A glad murmur of voices was heard, and Randy incautiously replied:
+"Hurry up then. Now's your time, for Moxley is at the other end of the
+mill talking."
+
+"Not so loud, lad," whispered Hocker. "Hold steady now and look out for
+the rope end."
+
+But before Hocker could throw it footsteps came hastily over the floor
+above, and then a loud shrill whistle was heard--Jeffries's signal.
+
+An instant of breathless suspense was followed by the sudden thrusting
+of a shiny object through a hole in the floor a little to one side of
+the closet.
+
+"No you don't," cried Moxley in a savage voice. "You can't play that
+game on me. Get out of that at once, or I'll riddle you with buckshot.
+In ten seconds I shoot."
+
+It was not a time to hesitate or parley. The plank dropped into place,
+and by a reckless swing and drop Hocker landed fairly in the center of
+the boat, very nearly capsizing it. Abner dropped the oars, and the
+current whirled the craft swiftly down the wasteway.
+
+It was a bitter disappointment, especially to Ned. Jeffries hastened to
+the spot as the party landed.
+
+"I'm awful sorry," he said, "but it couldn't be helped. The rascal must
+have heard some noise you made."
+
+"It's hard luck, that's a fact," muttered Hocker. "I'll square accounts
+with that scoundrel afore I'm many hours older. The idea of his
+threatenin' to shoot me with my own gun; that's what riles me most. It's
+a pity we didn't get the food up. The boys'll have to starve a little
+longer, I reckon."
+
+"It will be only a little, too," replied Jeffries grimly. "I don't
+intend to stand any more nonsense. We'll think over the matter and
+decide on some kind of a move. Moxley has got to come out of that mill.
+That settles it."
+
+The party went slowly back to the bushes, and Ned satisfied his hunger
+with the bread and cold meat Abner had brought, while Jeffries and
+Hocker carried on a low, earnest discussion.
+
+Presently the quiet was interrupted in an unexpected manner. Being
+restless and unhappy Bug wandered up toward the mill, and unwittingly
+strayed into a patch of silvery moonlight.
+
+Moxley must have been on the watch, and the sight of his old chum put
+him into a fury. He was ignorant of Ned's escape, and naturally
+attributed his misfortunes to Bug.
+
+"You black hearted dog," he cried savagely. "I'll get square with you.
+If I go to jail you'll go with me. It was all your fault anyhow. You
+persuaded me to go after these boys, and it was you who broke into the
+cabin and stole the gun and boat. I tried to keep you from it, but you
+wouldn't listen.
+
+"Oh, you'll pay up for your treachery. I'll swear to all these
+things--and a good many more--in court. That is if I get there--which
+ain't at all likely. And if I _do_ get out of this hole I'll hunt you
+down, if it takes a year."
+
+Moxley's rage was so violent that Bug prudently retreated to the bushes.
+
+The ruffian kept up his abuse and called Bug all manner of vile names
+until he was compelled to stop for sheer want of breath.
+
+Bug came down to Hocker and Jeffries and stood before them.
+
+"Look here," he said hoarsely, "what that rascal says ain't true--at
+least the most of it ain't. What part I had in stealin' the boat I've
+made amends fur already, and now I'm willing to do a good deal more. A
+little while ago I felt kinder sorry for Moxley because me an' him has
+been together a good part of the summer. But when a man goes back on an
+old friend, an' calls him bad names, an' tries to get him into trouble
+by lyin', then I'm done with that man fur good.
+
+"I'd sooner see him in jail now than runnin' loose, an' if you give me a
+fair show an' take these irons off, I'll find a way to get into that
+mill and capture the mean rascal. He's more'n half drunk now, and I'm a
+good deal stronger than I look. When the chance comes I'll know how to
+use it. I'm talkin' on my honor now, an' mean what I say. You needn't be
+afraid to turn me loose. I can't escape if I'd want to. You know that."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII
+
+THE BURNING OF THE MILL
+
+
+There was no mistaking the sincerity of Bug's proposal, and coming, as
+it did, at a time when Hocker and Jeffries were unable to decide on any
+feasible plan of action, they were disposed to give a favorable answer.
+
+"It ain't a bad idea," said Jeffries. "But how do you expect to get in
+without being seen?"
+
+"I'll find a way," returned Bug. "There air plenty of holes an' loose
+boards."
+
+"An' Moxley is watchin' them all, too," remarked Hocker. "Your plan
+ain't very definite so far."
+
+Bug hesitated, and before he could reply something occurred that totally
+changed the situation.
+
+"I see you again, you rascal," came the farmer's voice from the
+hillside. "You can't fool me. Get away from that winder now."
+
+Hocker and Jeffries exchanged glances of mutual understanding. The
+latter quickly unlocked the bracelets and freed Bug's wrists.
+
+"Now's your chance," he whispered. "Moxley is on the second floor. Slip
+in before he comes down. There's a loose board just below that middle
+window. There ain't time for more than one to get in or we'd follow
+you. When you need us sing out. Here, take this."
+
+He pressed a pistol into Bug's hand, and the latter bounded noiselessly
+up the slope. He reached the mill, drew the lower end of a loose plank a
+foot from its place, and vanished through the orifice.
+
+Let us follow Bug on his perilous quest. Not until he was fairly inside,
+and crawling on hands and knees over the rickety floor, did he realize
+the great danger that lay in what he had undertaken to do. For an
+instant he trembled with fear, and then the memory of his wrongs steeled
+his heart and nerves.
+
+A sudden noise overheard caused him to crouch midway on the floor. A
+moment later the stairway creaked, and Moxley began to descend. His
+progress could be noted as he passed the crevices in the wall.
+
+Bug lay motionless, wondering what he should do next. The possibility of
+being discovered made him tremble violently. He quite forgot that he had
+a pistol.
+
+Moxley had now reached the floor, and with cautious steps he moved along
+the wall toward the lower corner.
+
+Suddenly there was a sound of a heavy fall, followed by a volley of
+profanity, and the next instant something flew against the wall, and was
+shivered to fragments that fell with a tinkling noise.
+
+"He's tipped over a bottle," thought Bug, "and now he's smashed it
+because he's mad. That's like Moxley."
+
+This haphazard guess was absolutely correct. All was silent for a second
+or two after the glass had fallen; then Moxley grumbled in an audible
+tone: "Confound the luck! I hope that wasn't my whisky bottle. It ain't
+in my pocket."
+
+Of such dire import did the question seem to the ruffian that he
+ventured to strike a match--little dreaming what the impulse would cost
+him.
+
+Bug's heart beat wildly when he heard the crack and saw the light flash
+through the darkness. He jammed the pistol into his pocket and rose on
+his hands and knees.
+
+Moxley was standing before the sawdust heap with his face to the wall.
+As the match flared up he dropped the gun and seized a greenish bottle
+that was lying at his feet.
+
+"Here's luck!" he muttered contentedly. "It was the oil bottle I brought
+from the canoes that got in my way."
+
+He lifted the fiery poison to his lips, still holding the burning match
+between the fingers of his other hand, and remained in this attitude for
+a brief moment.
+
+Bug stood erect and moved across the floor with the caution of a
+creeping tigress. Nearer and nearer he came, and when less than four
+feet separated him from his intended victim, Moxley heard some slight
+noise and wheeled around.
+
+Bug was on him with one spring, and down they fell with a great crash,
+and rolled in furious strife over the shaking floor--Bug crying for help
+at the top of his voice, Moxley uttering hoarse threats and
+imprecations.
+
+Blinded with rage they did not observe that the burning end of the match
+had fallen on the very spot where the widely scattered kerosene oil was
+most plentiful. Even when the hissing blue flames spurted up and licked
+the rubbish on all sides with greedy tongues, they fought on
+desperately, now one uppermost, now the other, as they verged toward the
+center of the floor.
+
+When Hocker and Jeffries burst into the mill, followed by Ned and Abner,
+the conflagration was beyond control. The flames were devouring the
+planking of the wall with a great roaring and crackling, spreading on
+each side and to the floor above.
+
+The scene was one long to be remembered. The cries of the struggling men
+on the floor mingled with the furious kicking and shouting that came
+from the imprisoned boys in the closet, and amid all the din and
+confusion the farmer rushed down from the hillside and battered his way
+into the mill with the butt end of his gun.
+
+Fright gave Moxley the strength of a madman, and by a determined effort
+he tore loose from his plucky assailant, and springing to his feet
+started to run. He struck Hocker, who jumped in front of him, a furious
+blow that sent him reeling backward, but before he could make use of
+his advantage, he tripped on a log, and came down heavily.
+
+As he partially rose Bug leaped upon him, and both men rolled over to
+the edge of a gaping hole in the floor. They struggled an instant on the
+brink, and then fell through, landing with a terrific splash in the
+flooded wasteway far below.
+
+Hocker and Jeffries rushed precipitately from the mill to head them off,
+while the farmer insanely attempted to check the conflagration by
+tramping through the _debris_ that was burning here and there on the
+floor.
+
+The whole affair had taken place in a very few seconds, and Ned was at
+first so dazed by the confusion and the flames that he was quite
+incapable of doing anything. The terrified cries of his companions
+roused him from his stupor, and he dashed through the intense heat to
+the closet door.
+
+A quick jerk threw the bolt open, and the frightened boys poured out.
+The lurid glare of the flames and the spark laden volumes of smoke were
+more than they could stand. One and all bolted for the nearest aperture
+in the creek side of the mill, and fortunately reached it without
+falling through the gaps in the floor.
+
+Ned would gladly have followed their example, but he suddenly bethought
+him of the plunder Moxley had packed up to carry away. Such a loss would
+be irreparable, and without hesitation he dashed toward the burning
+wall.
+
+The heat was intense, but he managed to get near enough to snatch the
+bag. One end was badly scorched. He suddenly spied Hocker's gun, and
+knowing how the owner valued it, he made another rush and carried it off
+in triumph.
+
+Thus laden down he tottered across the floor in imminent fear of
+dropping through to the wasteway, and overwhelmed at times by the
+suffocating smoke and fiery sparks. When his courage and endurance were
+all but spent he reached a broken place in the wall and staggered into
+the refreshing outer air. How good it seemed!
+
+Abner had long since preceded him, and the farmer made his appearance a
+moment later, still grasping Randy's blackened gun. The boys had been
+waiting on Ned in terrible suspense, afraid to venture back into the
+mill, and when he appeared with his burden their joy knew no bounds.
+
+They were ignorant of the disaster that had befallen Bug and Moxley, and
+when Ned told them, the whole party started off on a run.
+
+They searched the wasteway just as Jeffries and Hocker landed from the
+boat, pushing Moxley before them, and followed by Bug. The ruffian's
+hands were already manacled. With the exception of dripping clothes
+neither of the men seemed the worse for their struggle and subsequent
+fall.
+
+"They were still locked together when we pulled them from the water,"
+said Jeffries. "That little fellow is a plucky one. He deserves great
+credit for raising the siege. We've got our man at last, and bitterly
+he'll rue this night's work."
+
+"It's a bad job fur me, too," observed the farmer. "The old mill will
+soon be a heap of ashes. It's insured fur about what the lumber's worth,
+but that ain't much consolation. I hate to see it go after standin' here
+fur nigh onto seventy years."
+
+"It's hard," muttered Hocker, "that's a fact."
+
+Then all were silent, watching the flames as they rose higher and
+higher, and licked every corner of the doomed building. It was a grand
+sight while it lasted, but in twenty minutes nothing was left save a few
+blackened beams and smoldering heaps of ashes.
+
+"That ends the fireworks," said Jeffries. "We may as well be moving
+along. It's past two o'clock in the morning."
+
+He drew a second pair of handcuffs from his pocket, and to Ned's wrath
+and indignation, clapped them suddenly on Bug's wrists.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+A GOOD DEED
+
+
+Ned was the only one who showed any surprise at the constable's action,
+and quite naturally, since he alone was acquainted with all the facts in
+the case. Hocker had already taken Moxley to the boat and seated him;
+the ruffian had lost his defiant manner, and was cowed and sullen.
+Jeffries now started to follow with Bug, but was stopped by a detaining
+touch on the arm.
+
+"I beg your pardon, Mr. Jeffries," said Ned, trying hard to control his
+feelings, "but you surely don't intend to carry off Bug to jail after
+all he has done to-night? We owe everything to him."
+
+Jeffries looked at the lad half sternly.
+
+"Law is law," he replied in a pompous tone. "I am an officer of justice,
+and must do my duty. This fellow was clearly concerned in the theft of
+Mocker's gun and boat, and what he did before or after that don't wipe
+out the crime. Why, if I'd turn him loose now I'd be compoundin' a
+felony. Of course I'll speak a good word for him when he comes up for
+trial--I'll promise you that--and it may lessen his sentence."
+
+"Jeffries is right," said the farmer. "If a man will commit crimes he
+must suffer for them. Both fellows air guilty, no doubt."
+
+Bug threw a grateful glance at Ned, and then turned appealingly to
+Hocker.
+
+"I don't deny that I was with Moxley when he broke into your cabin," he
+said huskily, "but I was only with him because I wanted to help these
+boys. I couldn't leave him without spoilin' my plans, and I couldn't
+persuade him to let the cabin alone, though I tried hard enough. He gave
+me the slip next morning, as it was, an' I had to tramp it down the
+creek the rest of the way. It's purty hard fer a feller to get into a
+scrape like this under them circumstances."
+
+Hocker's face wore a perplexed expression as he replied slowly:
+
+"I'm sure I don't know what to say. Jeffries has the law at his finger
+ends, and it ain't fur me to contradict him. I reckon things will have
+to take their course."
+
+Bug's hopeless looks and attitude went straight to Ned's heart, and he
+resolved to make a final appeal in his behalf. He was satisfied that
+Hocker would help him if he could be made to see the matter in its
+proper light, so he drew him aside and told all he knew about Bug in a
+simple, earnest way--dwelling especially on the fact that Bug's desire
+to keep the boys out of a scrape was the sole cause of his own
+misfortune.
+
+The appeal carried conviction with it, and Hocker's sympathies were
+aroused.
+
+"I reckon I can fix this matter," he said after a little consideration.
+"I owe you lads something anyhow, and this is a good time to pay the
+debt."
+
+Hocker was as good as his word. He walked over to the boat and surprised
+Jeffries by saying in a grave tone, "Look here, old man; I've sorter
+veered round on this thing. Now that I've got Moxley safe and sound I
+don't intend to prosecute the other chap. I reckon what he says is true,
+an' you know yourself what he did fur us to-night--more than you or me
+would have done. He deserves to go free."
+
+"Well, if you're determined not to make a charge, why that settles it,"
+replied Jeffries a little stiffly. "I have nothing agin him personally,
+and I hope he'll take warning by this affair and keep out of bad
+company."
+
+He turned around and quickly removed Bug's handcuffs.
+
+"You're a free man now," he said. "See that you stay free and justify
+the clemency of the law by leadin' a respectable life in future."
+
+Bug was dazed at first by the unexpected transition from despair to
+hope. He stammered out a few inarticulate words of gratitude to Hocker
+and Jeffries and then approached Ned.
+
+"This is your doin'," he said brokenly. "You saved me from goin' to
+jail. I shan't forget it--" He choked and broke off short.
+
+Ned drew him down the wasteway to a little clump of bushes, out of
+earshot of the others.
+
+"Bug," he said earnestly, "if you are really grateful to me for saving
+you from a term in prison, I'll tell you how you can prove it. Your
+brother told me the whole story of your life, and what a shadow it has
+cast on your home. You are breaking your mother's heart, and even your
+father feels the disgrace keenly, and would welcome you back if you came
+prepared to lead a different life. Go home, Bug, and make them all
+happy. You will never regret it if you do. You are not bad at heart, I
+know, and evil company has been the cause of all your trouble. Let
+Moxley's fate be a warning to you. Turn over a new leaf from to-night.
+Will you do it, Bug? Will you go straight home and lead an honest,
+respectable life?"
+
+Tears were standing in Bug's eyes, and he brushed them away with his
+coat sleeve.
+
+"I'll do it," he said in a firm, but husky voice. "I've been wantin' to
+go home fur a long time, but I didn't dare to. I'm sick enough of livin'
+in this way, an' what you've done an' said to-night will make a
+different man of me. I mean it all, and I'll stick to it. I'll do no
+more lyin' or stealin', and I'll keep away from bad company. I'll stay
+at home and work. Here's my fist on it."
+
+Ned warmly shook the proffered hand, and then both went slowly back to
+the boat.
+
+Bug's appearance was the signal for a most outrageous burst of
+profanity and threats from Moxley, and when Jeffries had finally subdued
+the ruffian by strong measures, the whole party crossed the wasteway,
+and moved up to the farmhouse, which was half a mile distant.
+
+Mrs. Zinn spread a huge table with all sorts of tempting food, and the
+starved boys attacked it with a vigor that made her open her eyes in
+amazement. The others were almost as hungry after all they had gone
+through that night, and did ample justice to the viands. Moxley's
+bracelets were taken off and he was allowed to eat his fill with the
+rest.
+
+It was four o'clock on Saturday morning before the tired crowd got to
+sleep. The four boys were given a room containing two large beds, and
+the adjoining apartment was occupied by Hocker and Jeffries, and their
+prisoner. Bug was accommodated with a cushioned settee in the kitchen.
+
+The boys woke up, refreshed in mind and body, about three o'clock in the
+afternoon. They came down stairs just in time to see Hocker and Jeffries
+drive away in a buggy with the sullen faced prisoner between them.
+Hocker had made arrangements with the farmer to take the boat back to
+the cabin in a wagon.
+
+Moxley had been compelled to disgorge his plunder, and the boys were
+highly gratified when Jeffries handed over the watches and money the
+tramp had so coolly taken from them.
+
+Half an hour after the trio had departed for Carlisle jail Bug took an
+earnest farewell of the boys, and struck across the country in a bee
+line for his home at the Gap. His last word to Ned was a renewal of the
+promise to stay at home and lead an honest life, and Ned sincerely
+believed that he meant it.
+
+"That load of salt I put into Moxley's legs turned out for the best
+after all," said Randy in a roguish tone. "If I hadn't pulled trigger
+that night Bug Batters would still be treading the path of wickedness,
+with no hope of a reformation."
+
+"Your foolishness had one good result, I'll admit," replied Ned. "But
+don't try the experiment again. It's too costly."
+
+The boys tacitly agreed with Ned. Even Bug's conversion was rather a
+high price to pay for the fright and indignities they had endured at the
+hands of Mr. Dude Moxley. They remembered also that the burning of the
+mill was indirectly due to Randy's foolish shot.
+
+The certain prospect of the insurance money effectively silenced any
+resentment that Mr. Zinn might otherwise have felt toward the boys. He
+warmly invited them to stay over Sunday, and the invitation was promptly
+accepted. They went down after supper to examine the canoes, and allowed
+them to remain where they were on the farmer's assurance that nothing
+could happen to them. The grain bag containing the greater part of the
+baggage had been taken up the house the night before. The tin boxes had
+perished in the flames, but this was a trifling loss, and did not
+trouble the boys much in the light of what might have been.
+
+Sunday was a day of peaceful enjoyment after the turbulent events of the
+past week.
+
+"Three square meals were not to be sneezed at," as Randy irreverently
+expressed it; and not the least pleasing incident of the day was the
+five mile drive to a country church with the farmer's family, on which
+occasion Nugget braved the ridicule of his companions, and proudly wore
+his linen shirt and pique vest.
+
+Monday morning dawned clear as a whistle, and after a hearty breakfast
+the boys trudged down to the creek laden with all manner of country
+produce, for which the good natured farmer would accept only a beggarly
+recompense.
+
+Half an hour later the gold and crimson pennant fluttered proudly in the
+breeze as it led the Jolly Rovers down the swift and turbid channel--for
+the creek was still a few feet above low water mark.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX
+
+RANDY GOES SAILING
+
+
+Monday and Tuesday of that week were rather uneventful days. The boys
+paddled steadily, and with the aid of the rapid current covered a good
+many miles.
+
+On both evenings they found suitable camping places, and had some
+excellent sport fishing for catfish and eels by night.
+
+The creek was almost at its normal level now, but Wednesday morning
+dawned amid conditions that promised a speedy repetition of the high
+water. The sky was hidden by murky gray clouds that hung far down toward
+the earth. So thick were they that no mist that blurred the hills and
+the windings of the faintest glimmer of the sun could peep through. A
+creek was in the air, and the east wind had a keen, biting touch that
+was more in harmony with November than July.
+
+Some discussion ensued at first on the question of breaking camp under
+such circumstances, but it was finally decided in the affirmative.
+
+"This place won't shelter us very well if a heavy rain comes on," said
+Ned. "The chances are that it won't rain before afternoon or night, so
+we had better make the most of what time we have by choosing a better
+spot."
+
+The value of Ned's advice had been tested on many previous occasions, so
+preparations to start were hastily commenced. This was about eight
+o'clock in the morning, after breakfast had been eaten and the dishes
+cleared away.
+
+Randy was the first one up that morning, and much to the mystification
+of his companions he had been working since daybreak in a thicket of
+young timber not far behind the camp. Just as the tent was being rolled
+up he made his appearance with a lurking smile on his face, and under
+his arm a bundle that resembled a red flannel seine wrapped tightly on
+its sticks.
+
+"Hullo, Randy, what have you there?" queried Nugget.
+
+"What is it?" exclaimed Clay, in a tone that implied some doubt as to
+whether he referred to Randy or the object under his arm.
+
+But Randy was not disposed to be communicative just then.
+
+"You'll know what it is in good time," he replied, and then turning to
+Ned he asked: "Can I have one of the tent poles?"
+
+"What do you want with it?" demanded Ned. "Has it anything to do with
+that piece of tomfoolery?"
+
+"Yes, it has," replied Randy aggressively. "That piece of tomfoolery,
+as you call it, is a sail. I'll make you fellows open your eyes after a
+while."
+
+"I don't doubt it," exclaimed Ned laughingly, "There will be lots of
+sport in watching you try to sail on a stream like this. And what a
+sail, too! Why, it's made out of a red blanket! What put the notion into
+your head, Randy?"
+
+"Oh, you can make all the fun of it, you please," replied Randy; "you'll
+all wish you had one like it after a while. Just look at that breeze
+blowing straight down the creek. In an hour from now it will be twice as
+strong, and then I'll leave you fellows so far behind that you can't
+overtake me in a week."
+
+"It doesn't occur to him that the creek changes its course about every
+half mile," reflected Ned as he resumed his work. "If he tries the thing
+on he'll come to grief."
+
+Randy was troubled by no such misgivings. He appropriated one of the
+jointed tent poles and lashed it on the fore deck of his canoe beside
+the queer looking sail. The Water Sprite, it may be said, had been built
+with a view to sailing, and it contained a mast hole and block just
+forward of the cockpit.
+
+Not until the Jolly Rovers had been afloat an hour or two did Randy's
+opportunity come, for during that time the channel was one succession of
+short, jerky curves that encountered the wind every which way. But his
+patience was finally rewarded by a clear half mile stretch of water,
+licked into tiny undulations by a crisp down breeze.
+
+Randy discreetly grounded the canoe on a little grass bar in mid-channel,
+and proceeded to rig up. His sail was merely a light weight blanket with
+each of its narrow ends sewed to a trimmed sapling--just like a banner,
+in fact. He attached this to his improvised mast, fastened each end
+securely, and drove the latter into the mast hole.
+
+The Water Sprite was quite transformed by the addition. It presented a
+quaint, foreign appearance, for the high square sail was exactly like
+that of a Chinese junk, while its flaming red color was irresistibly
+suggestive of the craft that ply in Venetian lagoons.
+
+So Randy thought, anyhow, and he was more than pleased with his
+handiwork. He applied the finishing touches by tying a cord to each
+lower corner of the sail, and by this device he proudly hoped to control
+the movements of the canoe.
+
+Randy was considerably overestimating his skill as a sailing master, but
+no one could have made him believe it at the time. He proudly seated
+himself, and with a shove of the paddle freed the canoe from the bar.
+
+The breeze quickly bulged out the thirty square feet of sail, and away
+went the Water Sprite like a Chinese pirate in chase of booty. It gained
+speed with every instant, and swept by the sluggish little fleet of
+canoes under full pressure.
+
+Randy turned around to laugh and wave his hand. He had to admit to
+himself that he was very glad the boys were now in the rear, for the
+sail hung so low that he could see no further than the prow of his
+canoe. Still more disconcerting was the fact that the cords were
+useless, since the least jerk to right or left threatened to capsize the
+canoe instantly.
+
+"I must keep a sharp eye on the shores if I want to stay in mid-channel,"
+thought Randy. "I'm good for half a mile of this, anyhow, before the
+wind changes."
+
+But his calculation did not embrace any possible obstructions that might
+lie in the way, and Randy was considerably surprised to find himself
+grounded on a ledge of rocks before five minutes had passed. It was hard
+work to get the canoe free, and just as he succeeded the boys caught up
+with him.
+
+"Better take the sail down now," suggested Ned. "You'll surely run into
+something if you don't."
+
+"No danger," laughed Randy. "I'll stop before I get to the curve. This
+is great sport. You fellows just ought to try it."
+
+He sent the Water Sprite off again by a touch of his paddle and skimmed
+swiftly away from his half envious companions, leaving a trail of foam
+behind him.
+
+It was aggravating to be thus outstrippped and the boys started to
+paddle with all their might. For a little while they actually seemed to
+gain on Randy, but a lively puff of wind came down the creek, and the
+Water Sprite took a spurt that made the chase hopeless.
+
+The wind had veered a slight degree, and without knowing it Randy was
+now paddling straight for a bushy point of land that jutted out from the
+left shore exactly where the channel made its abrupt bend. Just below
+this little promontory, and in midstream, was anchored a long, squarely
+built flatboat.
+
+It had three occupants. On a low stool in the very center sat a
+tremendously stout man in a blue flannel shirt and wide brimmed straw
+hat. Beside him was a lean, scrawny man sitting on an upturned bucket.
+The other end of the boat was occupied by a yellow dog, whose eyes were
+fixed with intent longing on a lunch basket a few feet distant.
+
+The big fat man held in one hand a light, slender fishing rod, while the
+little lean man supported on his knees a twenty foot pole that looked
+like a young tree denuded of its branches. Both were waiting patiently
+for a bite--as was also the dog--and under the circumstances it did not
+occur to them to look around.
+
+Meanwhile the Water Sprite swept onward to the jutting point of land,
+and missed it by little more than a hair's breadth, just as Randy turned
+pale with the sudden discovery of his danger. He breathed easier as the
+canoe passed swiftly on toward mid-channel. He could see nothing ahead,
+and was therefore blissfully ignorant of the obstruction that now lay in
+his path.
+
+Just at this moment the three boys, coming on behind, caught a glimpse
+of the anchored boat and were quick to grasp the situation.
+
+"Look out, Randy!" cried Ned at the top of his voice. "Danger ahead!
+Paddle to the right, quick!"
+
+Randy turned around and looked stupidly at his companions for an
+instant. Then he seized the paddle and tried hard to follow Ned's
+advice. Too late! The Water Sprite was forging ahead now under full
+pressure, and was not to be diverted from its course.
+
+The two occupants of the boat had heard Ned's warning cry without
+catching the words, but they did not turn around because each happened
+to have a bite at that moment.
+
+Then the little man jerked out a plump catfish, and as he reached for
+the line, which had swung behind him, he saw the flaming red sail
+looming almost overhead. He had barely time to spring to his feet and
+utter a terrific yell, when the collision came.
+
+The shock tossed the fat man off the stool and threw him across the edge
+of the boat. As the little man was knocked down at the same instant, the
+one sided pressure naturally caused the boat to tip, and over it went,
+throwing fishermen, dog, and all into the water.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX
+
+A NIGHT ALARM
+
+
+By that strange destiny which oftentimes frowns on the good and lends a
+helping hand to the evil, Randy experienced no very disastrous results
+from the collision. The canoe rebounded a few feet, and the sail fell
+from the mastpole into the water.
+
+He was terribly shaken up, it is true, but far greater was the shock
+when he realized what he had done. At first nothing was visible but the
+upturned boat and a yellow dog paddling on all fours for the nearest
+bank.
+
+It was manifestly impossible that the dog could have been the only
+occupant of the boat, and besides Randy had heard a shrill cry just
+before the collision. He was much relieved therefore when a head shot
+above the water a few feet below the boat.
+
+This belonged to the little man, and an instant later his fat companion
+came to the surface. The latter had lost his hat, and the top of his
+head was as white and shiny as a billiard ball.
+
+The little man sounded for bottom, and not finding it, swam vigorously
+for shore. The fat man tried the same experiment, and being a good head
+and a half taller than his companion, obtained footing at a depth which
+brought the water almost to his chin. Having thus strengthened his
+position, he spat the water from his mouth and turned his head around to
+see what occult power was responsible for his misfortune.
+
+When he saw Randy quietly sitting in the canoe a few yards above his
+face purpled with rage.
+
+"You'll pay for this outrage," he stuttered hoarsely. "I'll beat you
+black and blue when I get hold of you. I'll give you six months in the
+county jail at hard labor, you brainless young ruffian--you audacious
+wooden headed idiot, you--"
+
+Just then the angry gentleman's string of epithets was cut short in a
+summary manner, for the wet folds of the blanket sail, which had somehow
+managed to drift around the corner of the boat, slapped him on the
+mouth, and the unexpected shock caused him to lose his balance and slip
+under water.
+
+Such an opportunity was not to be neglected, and with quick, furious
+strokes Randy paddled around the upturned boat and headed down stream,
+bent on escaping the promised chastisement.
+
+The fat man came up directly beneath the sail, and consequently had to
+go under for a second attempt. This time he was all right, and the
+moment his head was out of water and his feet planted on the bottom he
+caught sight of Randy, who was just gliding by at a distance of half a
+dozen feet.
+
+"Stop, you rascal, stop!" he yelled hoarsely.
+
+Randy did not obey; he only paddled the faster.
+
+The irascible old fellow glared at him in helpless rage for a second,
+and then his face lit up with an awful smile as he saw the big fishing
+pole floating on the water within reach. The line was fastened in some
+way to the boat.
+
+It was the work of an instant to snatch the pole and tear it free. Then
+lifting it overhead the man made a furious stroke at the rapidly
+receding canoe.
+
+Whisk! whisk! came the elastic end with stinging force against Randy's
+back and shoulders. Maddened by the pain he partially rose and leaned
+forward. At the second blow he reeled to one side, stumbled against the
+combing, and went out of the canoe backward without upsetting it.
+
+His enemy was by no means satisfied with what punishment he had already
+inflicted. He dropped the pole, and made haste to join the little man
+and yellow dog on the bank.
+
+"Ebenezer," he cried angrily, "pursue that young rascal. Chase him down
+the creek. If you catch him I'll give you a five dollar bill."
+
+More from fear of disobeying than from any hope of earning the reward,
+the little man started off on a run with the yellow dog at his heels.
+
+Just at this moment Ned and his companions reached the scene of the
+disaster. The fat man stopped wringing the water from his trousers to
+shake his fist at them.
+
+"You're all alike," he growled, "all alike! I never saw a boy that
+wasn't a born reprobate. I wish I had you out on shore; I'd teach you a
+lesson."
+
+Ned tried to explain that the upsetting of the boat was a pure accident,
+but the angry man refused to hear him.
+
+"Don't tell me," he muttered, "I know better."
+
+Realizing that further argument would be futile, the boys made what
+amends they could by chasing the two fishing rods and the hat, and then
+lifting the anchors of the boat and pushing it to shore.
+
+The fat man acknowledged these favors with a surly nod of his head, and
+so threatening was his manner that the boys hastily retreated from the
+bank, and paddled down stream, stopping on the way to recover the sail.
+
+Meanwhile Randy had quietly swum down the creek some distance, pushing
+the canoe ahead of him, and landed on the left shore. The boys could see
+him plainly as he stood on a rock wringing the water from his clothes.
+
+Having no inclination to swim the creek, Ebenezer had given up the chase
+and was now returning along the right bank. When he came opposite the
+boys Ned called out:
+
+"Say, tell me who that stout gentleman is, will you?"
+
+The little man hesitated before replying. "That's Judge Gibson, of
+Carlisle," he said finally in a very impressive tone. "You fellers may
+be glad you ain't sittin' afore him in the dock this minute--especially
+that chap down yonder. O, my! wouldn't you get salty sentences though!"
+
+A loud summons from the judge started the little man off in a hurry, and
+the conversation came to an abrupt ending.
+
+The boys soon joined Randy, and finding him in a decidedly bad temper,
+they made as little allusion as possible to what had occurred. It was
+evident from the way he shrugged his shoulders that the blows of the
+fishing pole had left a good deal of a sting.
+
+Not knowing what might be expected of Judge Gibson, the boys concluded
+to be on the safe side, and as soon as Randy had changed his clothes
+they paddled away from the vicinity.
+
+About one o'clock a halt was made for lunch, and as the air was
+disagreeably damp and cutting, Ned boiled a pot of coffee.
+
+The cruise was resumed an hour later, and during the afternoon a close
+watch was kept for suitable camping places. The indications all presaged
+bad weather, and there was no doubt that rain would set in by
+morning--if not sooner.
+
+About four o'clock a camping ground was discovered that met with general
+approval--a sheltered spot amid great pine trees on the right bank. In
+the rear was a steep hill, and a limestone spring was conveniently
+close.
+
+The boys spent just one solid hour in arranging things to their
+satisfaction, for their stay was likely to be a protracted one, and
+they wanted everything snug and comfortable before the rain came.
+
+The tent was staked with more than ordinary care, and then a ditch was
+dug around all four sides and the dirt thrown on the edges of the
+canvas. A stone fireplace was built between two trees and within easy
+reach of the tent door.
+
+A layer of fragrant pine boughs was spread on the floor of the tent, and
+both front corners were piled with firewood. The arrangements were
+completed by dragging the canoes to the top of the bank and removing all
+that they contained.
+
+"That is what I call snug," said Randy complacently. "I won't mind
+staying here two or three days. How are we fixed for provisions?"
+
+"Bread will run short to-morrow, but we have plenty of everything else,"
+replied Ned. "No doubt there are farm houses near."
+
+This satisfactory report encouraged the boys to prepare a more than
+usually sumptuous supper. They washed the dishes by firelight, and just
+as the last one was dried the rain began to fall--at first in pattering
+drops, then in a steady, persistent sheet.
+
+A great log was thrown on the fire, and after a short chat in its warm
+glow the boys drew the tent flaps, and were soon sleeping soundly on the
+soft pine boughs.
+
+Some time in the night Ned awoke, and feeling thirsty sat up and reached
+for the pail of water and tin cup which were always kept just outside
+the tent door.
+
+He took a drink and was in the act of putting the cup down when he heard
+distinct footsteps outside. They passed the tent and went on toward the
+creek. Whoever the nocturnal stroller might be he was taking no pains to
+conceal his presence.
+
+"Say Ned, is that you?" came in a startled whisper from the rear of the
+tent.
+
+Ned recognized Randy's voice.
+
+"Are _you_ awake?" he exclaimed in surprise. "Don't make any noise. Some
+one is walking about outside."
+
+"I know it," replied Randy. "That's what wakened me. My gun is missing.
+I had it right beside me, and now it's gone."
+
+"By Jove! this looks serious," muttered Ned. "Wait a moment," he added.
+"I'll take a peep outside. It's pitch dark and I can't be seen."
+
+He quickly lifted one flap of the tent and crawled under. A few seconds
+passed--full of terrible suspense to Randy--and then came a clattering
+noise followed by a brief red flash and a stunning report.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI
+
+STORMY WEATHER
+
+
+It was Ned's intention, when he crawled out of the tent, to dodge behind
+the nearest tree, where he could see without being seen. But as he rose
+to his feet a dark figure suddenly obscured the faint embers of the
+fire, and a second later came the fall and the report which struck such
+a terror to Randy's heart as he waited in the darkness of the tent.
+
+Ned understood the situation instantly. The unknown prowler had stumbled
+over the fireplace in his retreat, and the stolen gun had been exploded
+by striking the stones.
+
+For two or three seconds there was nothing to indicate that the thief
+had been hit by the charge. Then a shrill yell rang through the woods
+and another and another in rapid succession.
+
+"Randy! Randy! Come out here!" shouted Ned in a terrified voice. "Light
+the lantern and waken the boys."
+
+The next instant Randy burst through the flaps.
+
+"Here is the lantern," he gasped. "I have no matches. Good gracious! but
+you scared me. I thought you were shot."
+
+"_I'm_ not, but I fear some one else is," replied Ned as he hastily
+struck a match and applied it to the wick of the lantern.
+
+That instant Clay hurried out of the tent, and the three boys advanced
+timidly to the fireplace. The supposed robber had ceased his outcry, and
+was propped in an upright position against a heap of stones. Ned turned
+the lantern on his face and staggered back with a cry of amazement.
+
+"_Why, it's Nugget!_" he exclaimed. "What under the sun does this mean?"
+
+It was indeed Nugget, and he looked the very picture of fright as he
+rolled his eyes wildly from one to the other of his friends. It was
+several seconds before he could speak.
+
+"Where am I?" he gasped. "Who put me out here in the rain? I thought I
+heard a gun go off."
+
+He was evidently not injured--the position of the gun proved that--and
+the boys began to appreciate the ludicrous side of the situation.
+
+"You've been walking in your sleep," exclaimed Ned, as a sudden light
+broke on his mind. "I'll bet a dollar that's just it. Did you ever do
+such a thing before, Nugget?"
+
+Nugget hesitated and passed his hand over his forehead.
+
+"Yes," he said reflectively; "I used to walk in my sleep sometimes, but
+that was long ago. I thought the habit was broken."
+
+"Don't you remember anything about this affair?" resumed Ned. "You must
+have taken Randy's gun and left the tent without waking us."
+
+"Yes; I have a sort of recollection of it," answered Nugget sheepishly.
+"I guess I must have been dreaming. I thought I was in Central Park at
+home, and the animals broke out of the menagerie. I had a gun in my
+hand, and when a big lion ran after me I ran away. Then I fell over a
+bench and the gun went off--and--and I don't think I remember any more.
+It was an awful dream. I thought the lion would eat me up."
+
+This story was more than the boys could stand. They laughed so long and
+heartily that Nugget recovered from his scare and got angry instead.
+
+"You fellows would laugh the other way if that gun had been pointed
+toward the tent when it went off," he said sullenly; "and besides there
+is no fun in having such a dream."
+
+"Nugget is right," exclaimed Ned. "The affair is too serious for
+ridicule. It's almost a miracle he was not shot. And by the way, Randy,
+I've told you often not to keep that gun loaded. Think what might have
+happened to-night in consequence of your folly."
+
+Randy looked penitent, and for a wonder accepted the rebuke quietly.
+
+"I forgot, Ned, indeed I did," he said earnestly. "I put a shell in for
+snipe this afternoon, and never thought about it again. After this I'll
+examine the gun every night."
+
+"If it was accidental that alters the case," replied Ned. "And now
+suppose we turn in. There is no use in standing here in the rain any
+longer."
+
+The boys went back to the tent, and to prevent a second attempt at
+sleep-walking they made Nugget take the middle place. Five minutes later
+all were sleeping as soundly as before the alarm.
+
+The next morning it was raining hard, and in fact it continued to rain
+at intervals all of that day and the next. The boys found the time hang
+a little heavy, although they sallied out in rubber coats, and had some
+excellent sport fishing for catfish.
+
+Cooking was not interfered with, since the fireplace was in a sheltered
+position, and the tent was at all times snug and waterproof, in spite of
+some of the heaviest showers that the boys had ever known.
+
+Rain was still falling at daybreak on Saturday, but about ten o'clock
+the sky cleared, and the sun came out--greatly to the delight of the
+Jolly Rovers.
+
+As the next day was Sunday, and the camp was in such a good location,
+they decided to remain until Monday morning. This turned out to be a
+wise decision, for shortly after dinner a thunder storm swept down the
+valley, and for several hours the rain fell in torrents. By evening not
+a cloud was in sight, and indications pointed to a spell of clear
+weather.
+
+Of course the creek was by this time very high and muddy, and was still
+on the rise. The water had crept three feet up the slope on top of which
+the tent was pitched, but as three feet more remained to be covered the
+boys felt no uneasiness.
+
+There was still higher ground behind them on which they could take
+refuge if the necessity came.
+
+After supper Ned got out his map, and began to study it with great care.
+
+"Has it occurred to any of you fellows that we are drawing near home?"
+he asked finally. "We passed Honck's dam on Wednesday afternoon, and our
+present camp is very near Sporting Green. There are only four more dams
+between us and the Susquehanna, and the distance can't be much over
+thirty miles."
+
+The others were rather surprised to hear this, and could not make up
+their minds at first whether to be glad or sorry.
+
+"I can hardly realize it," said Randy. "The time has certainly slipped
+by very quickly, and yet it was three weeks yesterday since we started."
+
+"I hate to think that the cruise is nearly over," remarked Clay, "but
+all the same it will be nice to get home again."
+
+Ned laughed as he folded up the map and put it in his pocket.
+
+"I know just how you feel," he said. "It will be very nice to sleep in a
+soft bed, and eat off a table again, and sit out on the boathouse porch
+in the evenings; but about a week after you get home you'll wish with
+all your heart you were back on the creek with the grass for a bed and a
+rock for a table. Canoeing is like ice cream--when you once taste it
+you are always wanting more. It reminds me of what I read about a famous
+African explorer. He was always glad to get back to civilization for a
+little while, and then he was more anxious than ever to return to his
+wild life. It seemed as though he couldn't breathe right anywhere but in
+Africa."
+
+"I hope canoeing _is_ like that," said Randy. "Then we will make lots
+more trips together. I feel just as you do about it, Ned. I don't like
+to see the cruise end, but it will be very nice in some ways to get
+home. Won't the other boys be envious when they see how sunburnt we are,
+and hear all about the exciting adventures we have had?"
+
+"When will we reach the end of the creek?" asked Nugget with a rapturous
+expression. "Monday?"
+
+"Hardly," replied Ned. "It will take longer than that. But why are you
+so anxious to get home, Nugget?"
+
+"He wants to put on a suit of cream colored clothes," exclaimed Clay
+with mock gravity, "and a boiled shirt and high collar. He is longing to
+encase his lily white hands in kid gloves, and his dainty feet in patent
+leathers."
+
+As Nugget blushed an angry red, and made no reply, it is to be presumed
+that Clay's remark contained more truth than fiction.
+
+"You fellows are all counting your chickens too soon," said Ned. "A good
+many miles separate us from home, and as likely as not there are more
+rough times in store for us."
+
+Lightly spoken and lightly meant were these words, but Ned recalled them
+under thrilling circumstances a day or two later.
+
+All day Sunday the creek continued to rise slowly until it was just a
+foot from the top of the bank. It was stationary at nine o'clock in the
+evening, and when it began to fall two hours later the boys turned in,
+satisfied that the danger was over.
+
+The water receded a foot and a half during the night, but when Monday
+morning dawned with a clear sky the flood was still a sight to behold as
+it rolled swiftly by the camp, its smooth yellow surface dotted with
+tangled grasses and driftwood.
+
+As far as the boys could see was high and hilly land, but there was no
+doubt that the lowlands were inundated far on each side of the creek.
+The rains had been unusually heavy.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII
+
+THE BROKEN DAM
+
+
+By nine o'clock the Jolly Rovers were afloat--adrift would be a better
+word, since the swift current made the paddles unnecessary, except for a
+guiding touch now and then. It did not occur to the boys to delay their
+departure on account of the flood. They were tired of the camping place,
+and moreover the high water would likely be a help rather than a
+hindrance.
+
+They found it keenly exhilarating to lean lazily back in their canoes
+and be carried at a whirling pace around bend after bend. There was just
+enough danger from submerged islands and reefs, and floating _debris_,
+to add spice to the enjoyment.
+
+Here and there, where the creek passed through low country, the fields
+were inundated, and only the tops of the fences could be seen above the
+water.
+
+A mile or two below camp a sudden sweep of the channel brought into view
+a red wooden bridge. The creek, being wide at this point, the bridge was
+supported in the center by a narrow, squarely built pier.
+
+As the boys came closer they saw that the pier had been shattered by
+some terrific power. The whole face of it was torn away, and the frail
+portion that remained seemed in danger of being carried off by the
+yellow flood that was surging against it. Two men had climbed down from
+an opening in the bridge, and were busy among the loose stones,
+evidently trying to fit them into place again. From the left shore a
+little knot of people was watching the operation.
+
+Naturally the boys were curious to know what it meant, and when they
+drew near they slackened the speed of the canoes by backing water
+vigorously with their paddles.
+
+"Did the flood do all that damage?" asked Ned.
+
+"No," answered one of the men, stopping work to look up, "the ice did it
+last winter, and the commissioners neglected to have it repaired. A
+pretty bill they're likely to have to pay for their carelessness. It's
+too late to do anything now."
+
+"That's so," assented the other man; "we may as well stop work and get
+out of this."
+
+"But what danger are you afraid of now?" resumed Ned. "The pier has
+stood the worst of the flood and the water is going down."
+
+The first speaker jerked his finger up the creek. "They say that Honck's
+dam is liable to break at any minute," he answered slowly. "It's a
+mighty old dam, and has been threatenin' to give 'way fur the last ten
+years. It's a big high one, too, and has a heap of timber in it. Just as
+surely as that mass of stuff comes down the creek with a volume of
+water behind it, this pier will go to pieces and down will come the
+bridge."
+
+"Do you really think the dam will break?" asked Ned.
+
+"It's ten to one," was the reply. "They say the edges are giving way
+now. You fellows had better get off the creek afore it's too late. Them
+cockleshell boats won't stand much."
+
+With this warning the speaker climbed up the pier, followed by his
+companion, and both disappeared in the bridge. The boys lifted their
+paddles from the water and went swiftly on with the current for the time
+being.
+
+"These rustics have exaggerated the danger, I'll bet anything," said
+Randy. "If Honck's dam was going to break it would not have waited until
+the flood was half way down."
+
+"I don't know about that," replied Ned. "The danger may be very real."
+
+He had given the dam some attention while the canoes were being carried
+around it on the previous Wednesday, and he now remembered with secret
+uneasiness that it was very high and rotten, and held in check a vast
+volume of water. Terrible would be the consequences if this were
+suddenly to be freed.
+
+"What are we going to do?" asked Nugget uneasily.
+
+"That man warned us to leave the creek, and he knew what he was talking
+about."
+
+"We can't very well take his advice now," replied Ned, "for there is no
+landing place in sight."
+
+"There is no use in stopping at all," exclaimed Randy, "if the object is
+to wait for the dam to break. We might be detained for a week, and then
+find that the dam was as strong as ever. And besides we could hear the
+noise in time to get out of the way. All we need to do is keep our ears
+open and look behind from time to time."
+
+"Even if the dam should break the chances are that with such a current
+as this we could keep ahead of the flood," suggested Clay. "Don't you
+think so, Ned?"
+
+"I'm afraid that's doubtful," replied. Ned. "At all events I don't think
+I should care to run a race with the flood even on a start of half a
+dozen miles. For the present we had better follow Randy's advice and
+keep our eyes and ears open. If we find a suitable place I am in favor
+of stopping for an hour or two. We are too near home to risk disaster."
+
+This arrangement was satisfactory to all except Nugget, and he made no
+outward remonstrance.
+
+For the next two hours all went well, and mile after mile was swiftly
+traversed. The boys kept in mid-channel so as to reap the fullest
+advantage from the current.
+
+They looked back from time to time, but neither saw nor heard anything
+alarming. The smooth yellow flood glided between the wooded banks with
+scarcely a murmur.
+
+About midday the creek turned a sharp angle, and headed due north in a
+straight course of fully half a mile. Beyond the steep hills that
+terminated this stretch the boys could see the distant blue line of the
+mountains.
+
+The fears of the morning had vanished, and all were in buoyant spirits.
+The home-coming loomed brightly before them now, for with such a current
+the Susquehanna would soon be reached.
+
+On the left hand side of the creek stretched a sloping hill, wooded for
+a distance of two or three hundred yards as it receded from the water,
+and then merging into open fields. On the right was a rugged cliff full
+of limestone rocks and scrawly pine trees.
+
+The boys did not pay much attention to their surroundings, but when they
+were nearly half way to the bend, Randy happened to glance toward the
+left, and on the very crest of the hill, a good quarter of a mile from
+the water, he saw a little white farmhouse.
+
+There was nothing in this to attract his attention, but as his gaze
+lingered he saw a man come out on the porch and glance up the creek,
+shading his eyes with his hand. Then he turned toward the house, and an
+instant later two women and another man appeared and looked in the same
+direction.
+
+This was growing interesting, and Randy called the attention of his
+companions to the farmhouse. What happened next was stranger still. The
+little group on the porch suddenly caught sight of the canoes far below
+them, and one of the men darted quickly into the house. He reappeared a
+second or two later with a shiny object in his hand, and placing it to
+his mouth he blew a shrill discordant blast that echoed far over the
+hills.
+
+He repeated this twice, and then all of the group began to shout and
+wave their hands.
+
+The boys glanced at one another in amazement. What was the meaning of
+such an idiotic performance?
+
+Suddenly Ned turned pale.
+
+"Great Scott!" he exclaimed. "The dam must have broken, and those people
+can see the flood somewhere up the creek. They are warning us to get out
+of the way."
+
+The boys instinctively turned to look behind, but the first glance
+revealed no cause for alarm.
+
+"All right so far," cried Randy. "The current seems to be getting
+swifter though, and I actually believe the water is rising."
+
+He had hardly spoken when Ned uttered a startled cry. "Look! look! there
+it comes!"
+
+Around the sharp curve above swept a sloping volume of water, yellow
+with mud and foam, black with timber and uprooted trees. It came on with
+a rush and a swelling roar, and as the frightened boys watched it with
+terrible fascination, a section of a wooden bridge painted red hove in
+sight.
+
+The imminence of the danger drove the Jolly Rovers into a helpless
+panic. Even Ned was frightened out of his self possession.
+
+The right shore was the nearest, and the boys paddled for it with
+furious strokes, not remembering for an instant that it offered the
+least chance of safety. The swift current whirled the canoes down stream
+for nearly a hundred yards before it would suffer them to glide into the
+calmer waters along the bank.
+
+Randy and Clay, being on the outer side, had more to overcome, and were
+swept beyond their companions. Ned and Nugget drifted against a
+precipitous wall of rock that rose twenty feet before its surface was
+broken by the tree or brush.
+
+They looked hopelessly around them, vainly seeking a chance of escape,
+while louder and louder in their ears sounded the hissing roar of the
+oncoming flood. At the base of the cliff the water was already boiling
+and tossing.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII
+
+AN UNDERGROUND CRUISE
+
+
+"Paddle on, quick!" cried Ned in an agony of fear. "We may reach a break
+in the cliff."
+
+Nugget, who was half a canoe's length in advance had sufficiently
+presence of mind to obey. He paddled off with desperate strokes, and Ned
+crowded him closely.
+
+A few yards down stream the wall of rock jutted out slightly and then
+receded. As the canoes rounded this a great heaving wave--the vanguard
+of the flood--tossed them high on its crest and cast them, like a stone
+from a catapult, straight toward a black, semi-circular hole in the base
+of the cliff. A furious current swept in the same direction, and even
+had the boys realized the nature of this new peril they could have done
+nothing to help themselves.
+
+Nugget dropped his paddle with a cry of terror and clutched the combing.
+The next instant he shot into the gaping hole, scraping his cap from his
+head by contact with the top, and disappeared from view.
+
+Ned was dazed by what he had just witnessed, and his turn came before he
+realized it. He had hardly time to twist his paddle around longwise and
+duck his head when the current sucked him under the cliff. He heard a
+quick, grating noise, and then the dim gleam of light faded, leaving him
+in utter darkness.
+
+The canoe pitched and tossed dizzily, and by the cold air that surged on
+his face, and the spray that spattered him, Ned knew that he was moving
+at rapid speed. Suddenly a cry rang in his ears with the sharpness of a
+pistol shot and reverberated through the cavern. An instant later he
+felt a violent concussion on the right, and reaching out his hand he
+touched the combing of Nugget's canoe.
+
+He clung to it with all his might and managed to keep the two canoes
+side by side as the current whirled them on through the darkness.
+
+Nugget was not aware of this at first, for he uttered another piercing
+cry for help. It was impossible to carry on any conversation owing to
+the confused booming noise made by the water, but Ned leaned to one side
+and shouted at the top of his voice: "Cheer up, Nugget. I'm here beside
+you. We'll find a way out of this."
+
+Nugget must have heard and understood, for he was silent after that.
+
+It was characteristic of Ned to cheer his companion. He was thoroughly
+unselfish, and was always more concerned about others than himself. In
+this case his consoling words meant nothing. He was still dazed by the
+overwhelming calamity that had befallen him, and had not begun to
+realize its extent.
+
+He remembered the lantern that was in the forward hatch and the match
+safe in his pocket, but the former was out of reach and the latter was
+on his right side. He could not get it with his left hand, and he was
+afraid to trust the holding of the canoes to Nugget. So a light was out
+of the question at the present time.
+
+The painful suspense of the next few minutes made them seem like hours.
+The canoes whirled on and on with a dizzy swaying motion, but not the
+faintest ray of light broke the intensity of the darkness.
+
+Ned cautiously thrust his paddle out to the left, and it struck
+something hard with a ringing noise. He did not repeat the experiment
+for fear of upsetting.
+
+All at once the roar of the water seemed to deepen, and the canoes
+settled into a swift, steady rush that made the air fairly sing about
+Ned's ears. What followed was never very clear to him afterward. He
+remembered a dash of icy spray in his face, and then a terrible
+collision that landed him somewhere on his hands and knees.
+
+He was stunned and dizzy for a little while, and when finally he
+staggered to his feet his first thought was of Nugget. He called him by
+name, and a hollow groan was the only reply. Even that was better than
+silence, and with a trembling hand Ned drew out his match box and struck
+a light.
+
+Both canoes lay upset at his feet, and between them was Nugget leaning
+on his elbows with a very dazed expression on his face.
+
+Three more matches enabled Ned to right the Pioneer, procure his
+lantern, and light it. Then, seeing that Nugget was uninjured, he
+scrutinized his surroundings more closely.
+
+He understood at once what had happened. The underground stream made a
+sharp curve at this point, and the force of the current had thrown the
+canoes far out on a sandy beach. From above, the yellow flood came
+roaring and tossing through a passage some twenty feet wide, and nearly
+the same in height. Below the angle it plunged on under the same
+conditions.
+
+The beach was about ten yards long, and sloped back half that distance
+to a slimy wall of rock. On the opposite side of the stream the wall
+fell sheer into the water, and overhead was a jagged roof that glittered
+and sparkled in the rays of the lantern.
+
+Ned formed his own conclusions as to the nature of the place, and they
+were not entirely unfavorable, for the speed and impetuosity of the
+muddy stream had given him a good deal to think about. He dismissed his
+reflections until a more favorable time, and placing the lantern on the
+sand turned to Nugget, who was in a pitiable state of fright.
+
+"Are you hurt any, old fellow?" asked Ned, "or only a little stunned?"
+
+"Oh, I don't know, I don't know," moaned Nugget. "What awful place are
+we in, Ned? It seems like a dream. I hardly remember what happened. And
+where are Clay and Randy?"
+
+"I hope they are safe," replied Ned evasively. "In fact, I really think
+they are, Nugget. They landed some distance below us, and no doubt found
+a place to climb out before the flood caught them."
+
+"And what happened to us, Ned? Didn't the current drag us into a hole in
+the cliff?"
+
+"Yes," said Ned, "that's it exactly, and we are now in an underground
+cavern. Don't be alarmed," he added quickly, noting the sudden pallor on
+his companion's face, "our situation is not so terrible after all.
+Caverns of this sort are always found among limestone hills, and they
+usually have two outlets. This one is no exception to the rule, and I'll
+tell you why I think so. In the first place you must remember that the
+creek was nearly four feet high before that dam broke. The extra volume
+of water is what makes this terrific current through the cavern and the
+very fact that the water goes on through without damming up proves to me
+that it has an outlet.
+
+"When the creek is at its normal level I don't believe any water flows
+into the cavern at all, and even with a four foot raise I don't think
+much goes through. It was the first rush of the flood that carried us
+into the hole. And now do you see what I am driving at? As soon as the
+back water from Honck's dam has spent itself--and it can't take very
+long--the stream in front of us will become shallow, and then all we
+need to do is to follow it down to the outlet. It probably cuts across
+some bend and re-enters the creek. And we have penetrated such a
+distance from the mouth that the outlet can't be far away. I can't swear
+to all this, Nugget, but I am pretty well convinced that I am right. A
+very short time will settle the question one way or another."
+
+"I hope what you say will come true," replied Nugget dolefully. "This is
+a horrible place to be in. It gives me the shivers to think of it. But
+if all the water runs out, won't we have to leave our canoes behind?" he
+added quickly.
+
+"We won't wait that long," said Ned. "Don't be downhearted. There is
+surely a way out of this cavern, and we'll find it. Our situation might
+be far worse than it is. We have matches and a lantern, and there are
+crackers in my canoe."
+
+"Are there?" exclaimed Nugget eagerly. "I think I'll eat a few. You're
+an awfully good fellow, Ned. I don't feel half as bad now."
+
+"It's a good sign to be hungry," replied Ned laughingly. He brought some
+of the crackers, and both ate them as they sat side by side on the
+sand.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIV
+
+DESPAIR
+
+
+In the course of an hour Ned's prediction began to be verified. The roar
+of the flood ceased entirely, and the water receded from the beach until
+the stream looked as shallow and quiet as a meadow brook. Ned waded
+clear across to the opposite wall without going over his knees.
+
+"The flood from the dam has spent itself. I'm afraid we'll have to wade
+through and pull the canoes after us. I can see shoals and ledges not
+far below. I'll lead the way with the lantern."
+
+This proposition was far from pleasing to Nugget, but he uttered no
+remonstrance. He had implicit faith in Ned by this time.
+
+The canoes were pulled into the water, and without delay the boys
+started down the gloomy channel. They pushed the canoes ahead of them,
+and in this way supported themselves and lessened the danger of
+slipping.
+
+For a while they made fair progress and encountered but few shoals. The
+stream was nowhere more than knee deep.
+
+Under these favorable circumstances Ned relaxed his caution, and the
+consequence was that his feet slipped on the smooth stone, and down he
+went into a pretty deep hole. The lantern fell from his hand was
+extinguished, and the canoe shot ahead of him.
+
+Nugget's cry of alarm was the first thing that Ned heard when he
+recovered his footing, and he found himself almost breast deep in water.
+He was shivering with cold--and with something else as well, for he
+realized the full meaning of the disaster, and for a moment he was sick
+and faint.
+
+"I'm all right, Nugget," he shouted. "Stay where you are. Don't move a
+foot."
+
+Then he waded cautiously forward until the channel was knee deep again,
+and shaking the water from his hands as well as he could, he drew out
+the precious match and struck a light.
+
+His canoe had lodged on a reef a few feet down stream, but the lantern
+was gone beyond recovery. The situation was serious. Nugget's lantern
+was in Randy's canoe, and worse than all, only four matches remained in
+the box.
+
+"It's a bad fix," thought Ned; "but we must make the best of it.
+Nugget," he added aloud, "push your canoe along the right side. I think
+the water is shallow there."
+
+Nugget obeyed, and joined his companion without difficulty.
+
+"Have you any matches?" asked Ned.
+
+"Not a single one." Nugget went through his pockets to make sure, and
+turned a shade whiter when he saw Ned's scanty stock, two of which were
+already exhausted.
+
+"This is terrible," he exclaimed huskily. "What can we do now?"
+
+"Not very much," replied Ned. "Keep your spirits up, though; that's the
+important thing. Here, take these, and burn one at a time."
+
+He handed the match box to Nugget, and quickly drew the canoes side by
+side. He took a stout fishing line from his pocket and tied them
+together at bow and stern.
+
+Then he rummaged the hatches in a vain search for something that would
+burn. Even the paper that was around some of the bundles was damp from
+spray and leakage.
+
+"Well, Nugget, we must make the best of it," he said. "All we can do is
+to push on in the dark. Is that the last match?"
+
+"One left," answered Nugget dolefully, and heaved a long sigh.
+
+"Don't use it, then. It may come in handy later on. The situation is not
+as bad as it looks. We can stick close together and push the canoes
+ahead of us. In that way we won't run any risk of striking the wall. Of
+course we can't move very rapidly, but our getting out of the cavern is
+only a question of time."
+
+"I hope it won't take long," said Nugget. "A day or two of this would
+drive me mad."
+
+Just then the match he was holding burnt to the end and fell in the
+water. He restored the box to Ned, and taking hold of the canoes at the
+stern ends, they moved slowly through the darkness.
+
+No words can adequately describe the suffering and thoughts of the two
+lads during the next hour. Nugget could not repress an occasional
+complaint, and even the stout hearted Ned felt at times as though he
+must cry out.
+
+The fate of Clay and Randy weighed almost as heavily upon him as his own
+misfortunes. He knew their chance of escape had been very slight, and he
+feared they had not been able to take advantage of it. Little wonder
+then that he looked forward with almost equal dread and joy to reaching
+the end of the cavern.
+
+That ordeal, however, promised to be long delayed. It was a painfully
+laborious task to accomplish even a snail-like progress through the dark
+passage.
+
+What lay before them the boys could only imagine, and they constantly
+feared some calamity. It was impossible to keep the canoes straight.
+They veered to right and left, striking the rocky sides of the channel,
+which actually seemed to be growing narrower.
+
+Every few moments they stuck fast on a shoal or submerged reef, and then
+Ned had to feel his way to the front with his paddle, and dislodge them
+by main force. The water was of variable depth, and half a dozen times
+the boys suddenly plunged breast deep into a hole, but fortunately did
+not let go of the canoes.
+
+At the end of an hour the situation was unchanged. As yet not a ray of
+light was visible ahead. Ned cheered his companion with hopeful words,
+and both struggled on and on, straining their eyes through the gloom to
+catch the first glimpse of light.
+
+They felt that their powers of endurance would soon be spent. They were
+intensely weary, and chilled to the bone by their dripping clothes.
+Contact with the rocks had bruised their hands and feet, and every step
+was a torture.
+
+At last the canoes grounded on some yielding surface and refused to
+budge. Ned staggered forward and found their prows imbedded in what he
+judged to be a bar of sand and gravel stretching across the channel. He
+walked on a few steps to ascertain its width, and was amazed and
+frightened by coming in contact with a solid wall of rock.
+
+"Come here, quick, Nugget!" he called hoarsely.
+
+Nugget waded alongside the canoes, and was soon on the bar.
+
+"What is it?" he cried. "Anything wrong?"
+
+For answer Ned took the last match from the little metal box, and
+lighted it.
+
+As the little blaze flared up the boys looked curiously about them. One
+brief glimpse revealed the awful truth. The sandy bar was in reality the
+end of the passage. Beyond it rose a smooth, slimy wall, and overhead
+was a low jagged roof dripping with moisture. The canoes lay in a quiet
+pool of water that was as dead and void of current as a mill pond.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXV
+
+NUGGET DISCOVERS A LIGHT
+
+
+The half-burned match fell from Ned's trembling fingers, and went out on
+the sand. Then there was silence for nearly a minute--a terrible,
+oppressive silence.
+
+It was broken by a sharp cry from Nugget that echoed far through the
+cavern. He seized Ned by one arm and clung to him, trembling from head
+to foot.
+
+"Is there no hope?" he wailed pitifully. "Must we stay in this awful
+place until we die? I can't stand it, Ned, indeed I can't. Oh! do
+something quick, won't you?"
+
+Ned was at a loss to reply. His own heart was full of misery and
+despair. What word of comfort could he give his companion? Would it be
+wise to give him any--to excite hopes that might never be realized?
+
+He put his arm about Nugget, and this seemed to comfort the lad a
+little.
+
+"We will surely find a way to escape, Ned?" he asked in a calmer tone.
+"Don't you think so?"
+
+"It shan't be our fault if we don't," returned Ned. "You must be brave,
+Nugget--brave and patient. We are worn out and exhausted now, and must
+have rest before we can do anything more."
+
+"I was awfully tired a minute ago," said Nugget, "but I feel now as
+though I could push on all day if I was sure of finding the way out of
+this cavern. Do you think we will have to go all the way back--to the
+place we entered by, I mean?"
+
+"I hope that won't be necessary," replied Ned. "The simple truth is that
+we have blundered into a side passage, that has no outlet. It can't be
+very long since we got off the right track, for I remember the current
+against my legs. We will go back after a while and find the turning."
+
+"In this pitch darkness?" exclaimed Nugget.
+
+"We will feel our way along the wall," said Ned, "and if the canoes are
+in the road we'll abandon them. We won't start now though. Sit down and
+take a good rest. You will need it."
+
+Nugget obediently climbed into his canoe, and Ned did the same. For a
+long while they sat thus, side by side, without speaking. Ned's courage
+was almost at the breaking point. In spite of his sanguine words he felt
+that the chance were terribly adverse. Without a ray of light to guide
+them it would be a difficult matter to find the main channel of the
+stream again, and follow it to the outlet which must certainly exist.
+There was danger of falling into deep holes, of striking sharp rocks, or
+blundering into other side passages with which the cavern was doubtless
+honeycombed.
+
+Oppressed with such sad reflections Ned let the time go by unheeded,
+and at length, through very fatigue, he fell into a kind of doze. How
+long he remained thus he did not know, but he was suddenly roused to
+consciousness by a shrill cry from Nugget:
+
+"Look, Ned, a light! a light!"
+
+Ned first believed that his companion was either dreaming or in
+delirium, but when he glanced along the passage he saw a yellow
+flickering glare, and outlined against it a tall black figure.
+
+"It's a man with a torch," cried Ned hoarsely.
+
+"And he's going away from us," exclaimed Nugget, "call him, quick!"
+
+The boys made the cavern ring with loud shouts, and when a quick
+response came they were almost frantic with joy.
+
+The torch was motionless for an instant. Then it came nearer and nearer,
+casting a ruddy light on the slimy walls of the passage, until the boys
+could see plainly the tall bearded man who carried it.
+
+"Found at last!" exclaimed the stranger in a cheery voice as he waded
+out on the beach. "This will be good news for them other chaps."
+
+"Are our friends safe?" cried Ned eagerly. "Did they escape the flood?"
+
+"Yes," replied the man. "Didn't even get wet or lose their canoes. Come
+right along now, an' I'll take you to them. I wouldn't let them enter
+the cavern for fear of accidents. This ain't the time to explain things.
+All that will come later. My name is Jonas Packer, an' I'm the man what
+blowed that horn this morning when I seen you chaps down on the creek."
+
+In view of Mr. Packer's evident anxiety to get out of the cavern as soon
+as possible the boys repressed their desire to ask more questions. Pain
+and fatigue were forgotten as they entered the water and pushed the
+canoes back along the passage. While their guide preceded them, holding
+the blazing torch over his head.
+
+Five minutes later they reached the main channel, and turning a sharp
+angle found themselves in swiftly running water once more.
+
+"This is where you boys got astray, I reckon," said Mr. Packer. "It's
+good you sung out when you did, because I was going right on to the
+front end of the cavern. I didn't think about this side pocket at the
+time."
+
+"Are we near the rear end?" inquired Ned.
+
+"Purty close," was the reassuring reply. "You'll know when you come to
+it."
+
+For half an hour longer the boys pushed on through the narrow winding
+passage, finding the stream as rugged and full of difficulties as it had
+been earlier in the day. With Mr. Packer's aid, however, they readily
+skirted the deep pools and pulled the canoes over the obstructing ledges
+and shallows.
+
+Then, somewhat to their consternation, they saw a jagged wall of rock
+towering before them. This was undoubtedly the termination of the
+cavern, but where was the outlet?
+
+"Hold this over your head and stay right here," said Mr. Packer,
+handing Ned the torch. "I'll be with you in a minute."
+
+He waded toward the wall, pulling the canoes after him, until the water
+was above his waist. Then, one at a time, he shot the canoes into a
+long, low crevice at the base of the cliff, and they vanished with a
+grating noise.
+
+He waded back to the boys and led them to a narrow strip of sand on the
+right of the passage. Without a word he climbed nimbly up the rocks and
+entered a circular hole where the space was so contracted that Ned and
+Nugget had to bend almost double and hold their arms in front of them.
+
+They made several sharp turns, slipped down a slide of moist, sticky
+clay--and emerged suddenly into the warm, sultry air of the outer world.
+
+A glad cry fell from the boys' lips. A few yards distant lay the surface
+of the creek, and in the angle formed by the shore and a rocky hillside
+that fell sheer to the water, was a snowy tent, and a campfire behind
+it, and two slim figures standing in the flame light. The next instant
+the Jolly Rovers were united, and with joy too deep for words they
+clasped hands.
+
+Mr. Packer slipped quietly away, and jumping into a boat paddled after
+the two canoes which had emerged from under the cliff a moment before,
+and were now sliding swiftly down stream.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVI
+
+HOME AGAIN
+
+
+It was some time before the boys could talk coherently. A dry change of
+clothes and the good supper their companions had prepared in readiness,
+made Ned and Nugget feel pretty much like themselves again, and sitting
+about the camp fire they told the thrilling story of their adventure.
+
+Then Clay and Randy related their escape from the flood, telling how
+they had reached a break in the cliff--a steep, bushy slope--up which
+they dragged their canoes in time to avoid the sudden deluge.
+
+The missing links were supplied by Jonas Packer.
+
+"I seen you two fellows shoot into the cavern," he said, "and as soon as
+the flood went down a little, I took my boat and went across to the
+other chaps, who were pretty badly scared about that time. Knowin' all
+about the cavern, I relieved their minds a little and persuaded them to
+paddle around the bend with me to the place where the cavern came out.
+Then we all went inside and waited and waited for two or three hours, I
+reckon. You see I kinder expected you boys to come straight through
+without upsetting.
+
+"I was afraid then to wade up the channel for fear of more high water.
+But when evening come, an' no signs of you yet, the thing began to look
+serious. So I told those lads to h'ist the tent an' get supper
+ready--more to cheer them than anything else--an' then I lit the pine
+torch I'd brought along, and struck into the cavern, bent on going clear
+through if I could, and the rest of my story you fellows know. It was a
+narrow escape, I tell you."
+
+"It was the worst adventure I ever had," said Ned. "The time we were in
+there seemed like days instead of hours. Is the cavern very long?"
+
+"Not more'n half a mile. It took you a good while to come through
+though. It was about eight o'clock in the evening when I found you. You
+see the cavern cuts straight under the hill, and enters the creek again
+below the bend. To go around by land it's a good mile and a half.
+
+"In low water both ends of the cavern are high and dry, and you can go
+all the way through on foot. Indian Cave is what they call it because
+the Indians used to hide there more'n a hundred years ago."
+
+Mr. Packer related several interesting reminiscences of the cavern,
+until he saw that the boys were getting sleepy. Then he left for home
+promising to rig up a paddle in place of the one Nugget had lost, and
+also to bring him an old hat.
+
+A few moments later the Jolly Rovers were sleeping soundly in the tent,
+and the dying camp fire was gleaming on the muddy surface of the creek.
+Tuesday was a clear, sunny day, but the boys decided to defer their
+departure until the next morning. Ned and Nugget felt the need of a
+little rest.
+
+After breakfast Jonas Packer returned, bringing quite a respectable
+paddle on which he had been working since daybreak, and a broad brimmed
+straw hat, which Nugget regarded as a very poor substitute for his trim
+yachting cap.
+
+Harvest work required the good natured farmer's immediate return. The
+boys parted from him with genuine regret, and only with the greatest
+difficulty could they induce him to accept pay for the paddle--the very
+least of the services he had rendered them.
+
+The greater part of the day was spent in furbishing up clothes and camp
+equipments and scrubbing the collected dirt and scum of three weeks from
+the decks and sides of the canoes. The boys realized that the cruise was
+about ended, and they hoped by the aid of the high water and an early
+start to reach home on the morrow.
+
+There was no longer any temptation to linger by the way, since the lower
+reaches of the creek with which they had been familiar for some years
+past, were only a few miles distant. The chief charm of canoeing is to
+explore strange waters.
+
+The Jolly Rovers were up bright and early on Wednesday morning, and in
+default of bread or crackers they made some cakes out of flour and
+water, and relished them, too. It was a strange coincidence that the
+provisions should have lasted just until this time. With the exception
+of a little oatmeal the jars were quite empty.
+
+About half past seven the Pioneer led the way down stream, proudly
+shaking the faded pennant to the breeze, and soon the mouth of Indian
+Cave was far behind. The creek was now barely a foot above its normal
+level, but this was quite sufficient to make a swift current, and the
+mile after mile, bend after bend fell behind the flashing paddles of the
+Jolly Rovers.
+
+At ten o'clock they reached the first familiar landmark--Roop's Dam--and
+the home coming began to seem a reality indeed. The Susquehanna was six
+miles distant as the crow flies, but almost thrice six by the snaky
+curvatures of the channel down which they were making their way.
+
+Midway on the breast of the dam was lodged a section of the red bridge,
+and it recalled vividly to the boys the circumstances under which they
+had last seen it.
+
+They found an easy portage for the canoes, and were off again without
+delay. While the sunny afternoon slowly lengthened they paddled on
+through a now familiar country, passing Sporting Hill--a famous place
+for bass--about four o'clock, and reaching Oyster's Dam--endeared by
+many boyish memories--just an hour later.
+
+Another portage, and then away at full speed between wooded banks and
+green islands, to the nail works dam, where the air rang to the clatter
+of big hammers and pitchy black smoke was vomited skyward from huge
+stacks.
+
+A brief dash through foaming shallows and rapids, with the hamlet of
+Fairview on one side and the wooded bluffs of Bunker Hill on the other,
+a swift glide into the shadows of the old Red Bridge--and then the
+Jolly Rovers were on the broad bosom of the Susquehanna. They shouted
+and laughed and waved their caps in the air for very joy.
+
+A mile across the tide were the upper suburbs of the city, and
+diagonally down stream, three miles away, was the great yellow dome of
+the capitol, and beyond it, faint in the golden haze of sunset, the
+piers and spans of five mighty bridges, capped by clustered spires and
+roofs.
+
+Soon the Jolly Rovers rounded the upper point of Independence Island and
+paddled on by the city shores until the porch of Randy's boat house hove
+in view.
+
+Ned was first to reach the float, and stepping out of his canoe he
+seized the pennant and waved it aloft. "The cruise of the Jolly Rovers
+is ended," he cried. "May we make another like it!"
+
+"And never a shorter one!" added Randy. "It will be four weeks on Friday
+morning since we started."
+
+They give three loud cheers together, and with eager hands carried the
+canoes into the boat house. Then they climbed to the top of the bank,
+and marched homeward through the city with the proud step and mien of a
+conquering army. Far more to be prized than spoils of victory were their
+healthy, bronzed faces.
+
+And so the wonderful cruise came to an end--in one way at least, though
+the memories of it will never be forgotten. Apart from its keen
+enjoyments, and thrilling adventures, and the freshened vigor of health
+that it imparted, the boys learned more than one lesson that will prove
+of service in after life. From that time Randy was less self willed, and
+better able to curb his temper, for his eyes had been opened to the
+serious consequences that may result from these faults.
+
+Clay had learned to regard practical jokes and mocking words in a more
+serious light than they had ever appeared to him before, while Nugget
+was more self reliant and less timid after the rugged experiences he had
+passed through.
+
+Even Ned--to whose constant cool headedness and knowledge of out door
+craft the success of the cruise was mainly due--had profited by lessons
+of patience and endurance. And he was happy--with that happiness which
+comes to one who has benefitted his fellow man--in the consciousness
+that he had helped Bug Batters to the commencement of a new and a better
+life.
+
+The boys are yet far from the cares and responsibilities of manhood, and
+they will probably make more than one cruise in the happy summer
+vacations to come, but it is doubtful if brighter memories will ever
+dim the cherished wealth of affection they feel for the faded pennant,
+the scarred and battered paddles, and the water soaked log book, which
+now hangs on the boathouse wall--mute mementoes of the time the Jolly
+Rovers paddled down the winding waters of the Conodoguinet.
+
+THE END
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Canoe Boys and Campfires, by William Murray Graydon
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CANOE BOYS AND CAMPFIRES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 21888.txt or 21888.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/1/8/8/21888/
+
+Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.